WO1999010312A1 - N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives - Google Patents

N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999010312A1
WO1999010312A1 PCT/EP1998/005135 EP9805135W WO9910312A1 WO 1999010312 A1 WO1999010312 A1 WO 1999010312A1 EP 9805135 W EP9805135 W EP 9805135W WO 9910312 A1 WO9910312 A1 WO 9910312A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
lower alkyl
carbonyl
compound according
amino
mmol
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP1998/005135
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1999010312B1 (en
Inventor
Li Chen
Robert William Guthrie
Tai-Nang Huang
Kenneth G. Hull
Achytharao Sidduri
Jefferson Wright Tilley
Original Assignee
F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to IL13455098A priority Critical patent/IL134550A/en
Priority to JP2000507643A priority patent/JP3555876B2/en
Priority to NZ502813A priority patent/NZ502813A/en
Priority to PL338857A priority patent/PL193283B1/en
Priority to DE69824183T priority patent/DE69824183T2/en
Priority to AT98945235T priority patent/ATE267801T1/en
Priority to HU0003642A priority patent/HU229362B1/en
Priority to KR1020007001804A priority patent/KR100554815B1/en
Application filed by F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag filed Critical F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag
Priority to SI9830667T priority patent/SI1005445T1/en
Priority to BRPI9811730-0A priority patent/BR9811730B1/en
Priority to CA002301377A priority patent/CA2301377C/en
Priority to EP98945235A priority patent/EP1005445B1/en
Priority to AU92620/98A priority patent/AU739511B2/en
Publication of WO1999010312A1 publication Critical patent/WO1999010312A1/en
Publication of WO1999010312B1 publication Critical patent/WO1999010312B1/en
Priority to HR20000080A priority patent/HRP20000080A2/en
Priority to NO20000841A priority patent/NO20000841L/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
    • C07D213/82—Amides; Imides in position 3
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
    • C07C233/64—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C233/81—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C07C233/82—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C233/87—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by an acyclic carbon atom of a carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/44—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C235/52—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/28—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C237/36—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/15—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C311/16—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C311/17—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to an acyclic carbon atom to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/15—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C311/21—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00—Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/44—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/50—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/62—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/60—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D211/62—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals attached in position 4
    • C07D211/64—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals attached in position 4 having an aryl radical as the second substituent in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/20—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D215/24—Oxygen atoms attached in position 8
    • C07D215/26—Alcohols; Ethers thereof
    • C07D215/30—Metal salts; Chelates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D215/48—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C07D215/50—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen attached in position 4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D233/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/30—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D233/32—One oxygen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D233/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/30—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D233/32—One oxygen atom
    • C07D233/36—One oxygen atom with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by nitrogen atoms, attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/04—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles
    • C07D249/06—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles with aryl radicals directly attached to ring atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D261/18—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/56—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D295/145—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/15—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • Vascular cell adhesion molecule-1 (VCAM-1), a member of the immunoglobulin (Ig) supergene family, is expressed on activated, but not resting, endothelium.
  • VCAM-1 vascular cell adhesion molecule-1
  • the integrin VLA-4(a4bi) which is expressed on many cell types including circulating lymphocytes, eosinophils, basophils, and monocytes, but not neutrophils, is the principal receptor for VCAM-1.
  • Antibodies to VCAM-1 or VLA-4 can block the adhesion of these mononuclear leukocytes, as well as melanoma cells, to activated endothelium in vitro. Antibodies to either protein have been effective at inhibiting leukocyte infiltration and preventing tissue damage in several animal models of inflammation.
  • Anti-VLA-4 monoclonal antibodies have been shown to block T- cell emigration in adjuvant-induced arthritis, prevent eosinophil accumulation and bronchoconstriction in models of asthma, and reduce paralysis and inhibit monocyte and lymphocyte infiltration in experimental autoimmune encephalitis (EAE).
  • Anti-VCAM-1 monoclonal antibodies have been shown to prolong the survival time of cardiac allografts. Recent studies have demonstrated that anti-VLA-4 mAbs can prevent insulitis and diabetes in non-obese diabetic mice, and significantly attenuate inflammation in the cotton-top tamarin model of colitis.
  • X', Z and Y are as defined below which inhibit the binding of VCAM-1 to VLA- 4, methods for preparing such compounds, medicaments, a process for the production of such medicaments and the use of the new compounds in the treatment of illnesses, especially inflammatory diseases in which such binding acts to bring on the disease.
  • lower alkyl means a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group containing from one to six carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, sec. butyl, isobutyl, tert. butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl and the like.
  • Lower alkyl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more groups selected independently from cycloalkyl, nitro, aryloxy, aryl, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl, lower alkyl thio, lower alkyl sulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, and substituted amino.
  • substituted lower alkyl groups include 2-hydroxylethyl, 3-oxobutyl, cyanomethyl, and 2- nitropropyl.
  • cycloalkyl means an unsubstituted or substituted 3- to 7- membered carbacyclic ring.
  • Substitutents useful in accordance with the present invention are hydroxy, halogen, cyano, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl, lower alkyl, aroyl, lower alkylthio, lower alkyl sulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, aryl, heteroaryl and substituted amino.
  • lower alkoxy means a straight-chain or branched-chain alkoxy group containing a maximum of six carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
  • lower alkylthio means a lower alkyl group bonded through a divalent sulfur atom, for example, a methyl mercapto or a isopropyl mercapto group.
  • aryl means a mono- or bicylic aromatic group, such as phenyl or naphthyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by conventional substituent groups.
  • Preferred substituents are lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxy lower alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkoxy, halogen, lower alkylthio, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkylsulfonyl, cyano, nitro, perfluoroalkyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, aryl alkynyl, lower alkynyl and lower alkanoylamino.
  • the especially preferred substituents are lower alkyl, hydroxy, and perfluoro lower alkyl.
  • aryl groups examples include phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, p-chlorophenyl, m-hydroxy phenyl, m-methylthiophenyl, 2- methyl-5-nitrophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 1-naphthyl and the like.
  • arylalkyl means a lower alkyl group as hereinbefore defined in which one or more hydrogen atoms is/are replaced by an aryl or heteroaryl group as herein defined. Any conventional aralkyl may be used in accordance with this invention, such as benzyl and the like.
  • heteroaryl means an unsubstituted or substituted 5- or 6- membered monocyclic hetereoaromatic ring or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic hetereoaromatic ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 hetereoatoms which are independently N, S or O.
  • hetereoaryl rings are pyridine, benzimidazole, indole, imidazole, thiophene, isoquinoline, quinzoline and the like.
  • Substitutents as defined above for "aryl” are included in the definition of heteroaryl.
  • lower alkoxycarbonyl means a lower alkoxy group bonded via a carbonyl group.
  • alkoxycarbonyl groups are ethoxycarbonyl and the like.
  • lower alkylcarbonyloxy means lower alkylcarbonyloxy groups bonded via an oxygen atom, for example an acetoxy group.
  • lower alkanoyl means lower alkyl groups bonded via a carbonyl group and embraces in the sense of the foregoing definition groups such as acetyl, propionyl and the like.
  • lower alkylcarbonylamino means lower alkylcarbonyl groups bonded via a nitrogen atom, such as acetylamino.
  • aroyl means an mono- or bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl group bonded via a carbonyl group. Examples of aroyl groups are benzoyl, 3- cyanobenzoyl, 2-naphthyl and the like.
  • aryloxy means an aryl group, as hereinbefore defined, which is bonded via an oxygen atom.
  • the preferred aryloxy group is phenoxy.
  • the present invention relates to a compound of the formula:
  • one of X and X' is hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl, the other is a group of the formula:
  • Rl is hydrogen or lower alkyl
  • Rl5 is halogen, nitro, lower alkyl sulfonyl, cyano, lower alkyl, OH, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, lower alkyl aminosulfonyl, perfluorolower alkyl, lower alkylthio, hydroxy lower alkyl, alkoxy lower alkyl, halo lower alkyl, alkylthio lower alkyl, alkylsulfinyl lower alkyl, alkylsufonyl lower alkyl, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkanoyl, aroyl, aryloxy or a group of the formula Ri7-C ⁇ C-,
  • Rl6 is hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl, OH, perfluorolower alkyl, or lower alkylthio
  • Rl7 is hydrogen, aryl, heteroaryl, or lower alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by OH, aryl, or heteroaryl
  • a is 0 or 1
  • Het is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N,O, and S;
  • Het is a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, a, Rl, R15 and Ri6 are as above, and
  • R30 is hydrogen or lower alkyl, or is absent
  • Rl8 is lower alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl alkyl,
  • Rl9 is lower alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, aryl, hetereoaryl, alkylthio, or R 9 is aryl or heteroaryl, and R20 is lower alkyl or lower alkanoyl, or
  • Rl9 and R20 taken together are tetramethylene
  • Y is a group of the formula:
  • R22 and R23 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxylalkyl, lower alkylamino, aryl, arylalkyl, nitro, cyano, lower alkylthio, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, lower alkanoyl, halogen, or perfluoroalkyl and at least one of R22 and R23 is other than hydrogen, and
  • R24 is hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylsulfonyl, amino, aryl, nitro, cyano, halogen, or is a group of the formula:
  • R25 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aryl lower alkyl, alkoxy lower alkyl and R26 is hydrogen or lower alkyl, or
  • R22 and R24 taken together are a fused benzene ring
  • Y is a group Y-2 which is a five or six membered monocyclic heteroaromatic group containing
  • the compounds of the invention can exist as stereoisomers and diastereomers, all of which are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
  • X' is preferably hydrogen which means that then X is a group X-6, X-7 or X-10.
  • Z is lower alkyl, methyl is preferred.
  • Z is preferably hydrogen.
  • R22 and R23 preferably are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, nitro, lower alkylthio, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamino, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, lower alkanoyl, halogen, or perfluoroalkyl wherein at least one of R22 and R23 is not hydrogen, and
  • R24 is hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylsulfonyl, amino, nitro, halogen or a group of the formula:
  • R25 is aryl lower alkyl and R26 is hydrogen or lower alkyl
  • R22 and R24 taken together are a fused benzene ring.
  • R22 is hydrogen (when R23 is other than hydrogen), lower alkyl or halogen.
  • R24 is preferably hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkylsulfonyl, lower alkyl, halogen, nitro or lower alkoxy or a group of the formula:
  • R25 is unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted phenyl lower alkyl, and R26 is hydrogen
  • R22 and R24 taken together are a fused phenyl ring.
  • R ⁇ is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, methyl, chloro, bromo, nitro, -OCH3, -SO 2 CH 3 and R 2 6 is H and R 25 is
  • R23 is preferably hydrogen (when R22 is other than hydrogen), lower alkyl, lower alkylamino, halogen, nitro, perfluoro lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl, lower alkylsulfinyl or lower alkyl sulfonyl.
  • R23 is more preferably methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, tertbutyl, trifluormethyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, nitro, -COCH3, -SCH3, -SOCH3, -SO2CH3, -NHCH3 or -OCH3.
  • Y-l is selected from the group consisting of:
  • this heterocycle is preferably selected from the group of:
  • More preferred Y-2 groups are of the formula:
  • Ri5 and Ri ⁇ preferably are independently hydrogen lower alkyl, nitro, halogen, perfluoroloweralkyl, cyano or aryloxy. More preferred Rj.5 or Ri ⁇ is H, methyl, nitro, chloro, fluoro, trifluormethyl, cyano or phenoxy. Most preferred X-6 groups are of the formula
  • Het is preferably a 5- or 6- membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 nitrogens, or a nitrogen and a sulfur, or a nitrogen and an oxygen. More preferred the heteroaromatic ring is
  • Het is a bicyclic heteroaromatic ring it preferably contains from 1 to 3 nitrogens as the heteroatoms. More preferably, the bicyclic heteroaromatic ring is
  • R15 is preferably hydrogen, nitro, lower alkyl sulfonyl, cyano, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, perfluorolower alkyl, lower alkylthio, lower alkanoyl, or aryl. More preferred R1.5 is isopropyl, methyl or phenyl.
  • Ri6 in X-7 heterocycles is preferably hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl or perfluoro lower alkyl. More preferred Ri6 is methyl or triflouromethyl.
  • R 30 in X-7 is preferably hydrogen or lower alkyl, especially methyl.
  • Preferred X-7 groups are of the formula:
  • X-6 or X-7 Ri is hydrogen. In another a is 0.
  • Rl8 is preferably lower alkyl or phenyl, wherein the phenyl ring is unsubstituted or monosubstituted by halogen, hydroxy, or is phenyl lower alkyl. More preferred Ri8 is tertbutyl, phenyl, phenoxy, chlorophenyl or phenylethyl.
  • Rl9 is preferably lower alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by pyridyl or phenyl wherein the phenyl ring is unsubstituted or monosubstituted by lower alkoxy or halogen. More preferred R19 is methyl, isobutyl, benzyl, 4- chlorobenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl or 2-pyridylmethyl.
  • R20 in X-10 is lower alkyl methyl is preferred.
  • R20 in X-10 is lower alkyl methyl is preferred.
  • it is lower alkanoyl, especially acetyl..
  • the compounds of the invention include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof. Certain prefered esters of the invention are useful to improve bioavailabilty of compounds of this invention. These preferred esters are of the formula:
  • R32 is hydrogen or lower alkyl
  • R33 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl,
  • R34 is hydrogen or lower alkyl
  • h is an integer from 0 to 2
  • g is an integer from 0 to 2
  • R31 is a group of formula P-2:
  • R32, g, and h are as previously defined,
  • R35 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkanoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, and
  • j 0, 1 or 2.
  • Particular lower alkyl ester groups are methyl, ethyl, butyl, 1-methylethyl, 2- methylpropyl, 2-methoxyethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.
  • a particular PI group is 2- dimethylaminoethyl.
  • Particular P2 group are 2-(4-morpholinyl)-ethyl, 1- methyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)ethyl, l-methyl-4-piperidinyl, 2-( l-piperazinyl)ethyl and 2-(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)ethyl.
  • R31 is preferably methyl, ethyl or 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethyl.
  • Preferred compounds of formula 1 and 2 are selected from the group:
  • the compounds of the invention inhibit the binding of VCAM-1 and fibronectin to VLA-4 on circulating lymphocytes, eosinophils, basophils, and monocytes ("VLA-4-expressing cells").
  • VLA-4-expressing cells The binding of VCAM-1 and fibronectin to VLA-4 on such cells is known to be implicated in certain disease states, such as rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, and particularly in the binding of eosinophils to pulmonary endothelium which is the cause of the pulmonary inflammation which occurs in asthma.
  • the compounds of the present invention would be useful for the treatment of asthma.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used as medicament for the treatment of disorders which are known to be associated with such binding.
  • disorders which are known to be associated with such binding.
  • disorders are rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, asthma, and inflammatory bowel disease.
  • the compounds of the invention are preferably used in the treatment of diseases which involve pulmonary inflammation, such as asthma.
  • the pulmonary inflammation which occurs in asthma is related to eosinophil infiltration into the lungs wherein the eosinophils bind to endothelium which has been activated by some asthma-triggering event or substance.
  • compounds of the invention also inhibit the binding of VCAM-1 and MadCAM to the cellular receptor alpha4-beta7, also known as LPAM, which is expressed on lymphocytes, eosinophiles and T-cells. While the precise role of alpha4-beta7 interaction with various ligands in inflammatory conditions such as asthma is not completely understood, compounds of the invention which inhibit both alpha4-betal and alpha4-beta7 receptor binding are particularly effective in animal models of asthma. Furthermore work with monoclonal antibodies to alpha4-beta7 indicate that compounds which inhibit alpha4-beta7 binding to MadCAM or VCAM are useful for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease. They would also be useful in the treatment of other diseases in which such binding is implicated as a cause of disease damage or symptoms.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered orally, rectally, or parentally, e.g., intravenously, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intrathecally or transdermally; or sublingually, or as opthalmalogical preparations, or as an aerosol for the treatment of pulmonary inflammation.
  • Capsules, tablets, suspensions or solutions for oral administration, suppositories, injection solutions, eye drops, salves or spray solutions are examples of administration forms.
  • Intravenous, intramuscular, oral or inhalation administration is a preferred form of administration.
  • the dosages in which the compounds of the invention are administered in effective amounts depend on the nature of the specific active ingredient, the age and the requirements of the patient and the mode of administration.
  • Dosages may be determined by any conventional means, e.g., by dose-limiting clinical trials.
  • the invention further comprises a method of treating a host suffering from a disease in which VCAM-1 or fibronectin binding to VLA-4-expressing cells is a causative factor in the disease symptoms or damage by administering an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit VCAM-1 or fibronectin binding to VLA-4-expressing cells so that said symptoms or said damage is reduced.
  • dosages of about 0.1-100 mg/kg body weight per day are preferred, with dosages of 1-25 mg/kg per day being particularly preferred, and dosages of 1-10 mg/kg body weight per day being espeically preferred.
  • compositions or medicaments which contain a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically and therapeutically acceptable carrier.
  • Such compositions may be formulated by any conventional means by bringing a compound according to the present invention into a galenical administration form together with a therapeutically inert carrier material. If desired, one or more additional therapeutically active substances may be added.
  • Tablets or granulates can contain a series of binders, fillers, carriers or diluents.
  • Liquid compositions can be, for example, in the form of a sterile water-miscible solution.
  • Capsules can contain a filler or thickener in addition to the active ingredient.
  • flavour-improving additives as well as substances usually used as preserving, stabilizing, moisture-retaining and emulsifying agents as well as salts for varying the osmotic pressure, buffers and other additives can also be present.
  • carrier materials and diluents can comprise any conventional pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic substances, e.g., water, gelatine, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, talc, gum arabic, polyalkylene glycols and the like.
  • Oral unit dosage forms such as tablets and capsules, preferably contain from 25 mg to 1000 mg of a compound of the invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by any conventional means.
  • reaction Scheme 1 a compound of formula 1 in which Rl is H or lower alkyl, and which is a known compound or can be prepared by standard methodology, is treated with a reducing agent capable of selectively reducing a nitro group in the presence of a benzylic alcohol.
  • This procedure is advantageously carried out in the presence of a derivatizing agent of the formula R2-OCOX wherein X is a leaving group and R2 is tert-alkyl, benzyl or the like so as to form a readily cleavable protecting group, thus leading directly to a compound of formula 2.
  • this procedure can be conveniently carried out by catalytic hydrogenation of 1 over Pd ⁇ in ethyl acetate in the presence of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate to give a derivative of 2 in which R2 is tert-butyl.
  • Conversion to an aldehyde of formula 3 can be carried out using any one of a variety of oxidizing agents capable of oxidizing a benzylic alcohol to the corresponding aldehyde, for example activated manganese dioxide in a suitable solvent, for example dichloromethane.
  • Reaction of 3 to give a dehydroamino acid of formula 5 can be effected by treatment with a Wittig reagent of formula 4 in which R3 is lower alkyl and R4 is an alkoxy group, for example benzyloxy- or tert-butoxy- or represents a portion of one of the acyl groups of the compounds of the invention, for example substituted lower aryl.
  • Reaction Scheme 2 One process for the conversion of compounds of structure 6 into compounds of the invention is shown in Reaction Scheme 2.
  • the protecting group incorporating R2 can be removed under conditions dependent on the particular choice of R2 as well as R3 and R4. The choice of these groups will be dependent on the particular target compound.
  • a variety of common protecting groups and their use are described in "T. W. Green and P. G. M.
  • R2 is a tert-butyl group and R3 is lower alkyl and R4 is either a benzyloxy group or represents a portion of one of the acyl groups of the compounds of the invention, for example ortho-substituted aryl
  • treatment with trifluoroacetic acid either neat or in dichloromethane solution in the presence of suitable scavengers, for example, triethylsilane or anisol leads to a compound of formula 7.
  • This compound can be coupled with a carboxylic acid of formula 8 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 9.
  • R5 may represent a substituted alkyl group, a substituted aromatic ring, or a substituted heteroaromatic ring. R5 may also incorporate suitably protected reactive functionalities to permit final conversion into compounds of the invention. The choice and use of such groups will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • compound 9 may be a compound of the invention or in the case that R4 is a protecting group, for example, a benzyloxy group, it may be removed under appropriate conditions, for example by catalytic hydrogenation over Pd ⁇ in a suitable solvent such as a lower alcohol to give a compound of formula 10.
  • R4 is a protecting group, for example, a benzyloxy group
  • This intermediate can be coupled with a carboxylic acid of formula 11 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 12.
  • R ⁇ may represent a portion of a compound of the invention, for example ortho-substituted aryl or hetereoaryl. These compounds are known compounds or can be prepared by known methods. R ⁇ may also incorporate suitably protected reactive functionalities to permit final conversion into compounds of the invention. The choice and use of such groups will be apparent to those skilled in the art. If the acid 13 is the target compound, conversion of a compound of formula 12 can be effected using standard hydrolysis conditions appropriate for the particular choice of R3 and any functional groups present as part of R5 and R ⁇ . In the case where R3 is lower alkyl, treatment with an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium hydroxide in aqueous THF is generally effective.
  • an alkali metal hydroxide for example lithium hydroxide in aqueous THF is generally effective.
  • standard peptide coupling conditions for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature
  • Reduction of the nitro group of 15 can be effected by catalytic hydrogenation for example using Pd ⁇ as a catalyst or by treatment with a standard reducing agent, for example SnCl2-
  • a standard reducing agent for example SnCl2-
  • the resulting compound of structure 16 is useful as a key intermediate for several series of compounds.
  • it can be coupled with an acid of formula 8 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 17.
  • Compound 17 may be a compound of the invention depending on the nature of R7 or may be converted to a compound of the invention by an appropriate hydrolysis procedure, for example in the case where R7 is lower alkyl, by hydrolysis by treatment with excess alkali metal hydroxide, such as lithium hydroxide in aqueous alcohol.
  • R7 represents a resin suitable for solid phase synthesis
  • appropriate hydrolysis conditions will depend on the choice of resin. In the case of Wang resin, treatment with trifluoroacetic acid in the presence of appropriate scavengers will lead to an acid of formula 18.
  • an N'- Alloc-amino-N a -Fmoc protected phenylalanine derivative of formula 19 can be coupled to a resin suitable for solid phase synthesis, for example, a Wang resin using standard coupling procedures, for example, by forming a mixed anhydride with 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl chloride and carrying out the coupling reaction in a polar, aprotic solvent such as N-methyl pyrrolidinone to give a compound of structure 20 in which R7' represents the resin.
  • a resin suitable for solid phase synthesis for example, a Wang resin using standard coupling procedures, for example, by forming a mixed anhydride with 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl chloride and carrying out the coupling reaction in a polar, aprotic solvent such as N-methyl pyrrolidinone to give a compound of structure 20 in which R7' represents the resin.
  • the Alloc group may be removed by standard methods, for example by treatment with a reducing agent such as nBu3SnH in the presence of a catalyst which is a source of Pd°, for instance, Pd(Ph3P)2Cl2 to give an amine derivative of structure 21.
  • This compound can be coupled with a carboxylic acid of formula 8 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 22.
  • the Fmoc protecting group may be removed from 22 using standard base treatment well known to those practicing peptide chemistry, for example with piperidine in DMF, to afford an amine of formula 23.
  • the resulting compound 23 can be coupled with a carboxylic acid of formula 11 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 24.
  • the compound of structure 24 can be cleaved from the resin under conditions dependent on the particular choice of resin. For example, in the case of a Wang resin, acid treatment with trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane in the presence of scavengers as necessary will afford a compound of formula 18.
  • the order of removal of the protecting groups from 19 may be altered so that the Fmoc group is first removed, coupling of the resulting amine with an acid of formula 11 is carried out followed by removal of the Alloc group and coupling of the product with an acid of formula 8 and cleavage from the resin.
  • the choice of protecting groups can be modified to reflect the reactivities of the resin or choice of R7' and the nature of any functional groups incorporated into R5 and R ⁇ .
  • a compound of formula 16 or 7 may be treated with diazomethane in a suitable solvent, for example, ethyl ether to give products of formulas 25 and 26 respectively in which R8 is methyl.
  • the compound of structure 16 or 7 may be treated with an lower alkyl aldehyde or ketone, for example acetone, to give an intermediate Schiff s base which is in turn subjected to catalytic hydrogenation or reduction with sodium cyanoborohydride in the presence of an organic acid, for example acetic acid to give a compound of formula 25 or 26 in which Rs is lower alkyl other than methyl.
  • compounds of formula 7, 16, 25 or 26 may be reacted with a sulfonyl chloride of formula 31, in which R9 is a substituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety, in an inert solvent, for example dichloromethane in the presence of a non- nucleophilic base, for example triethylamine or pyridine at about 0 °C to room temperature to give compounds of structure 32 or 33 respectively as illustrated in Reaction Scheme 6 for compounds 7 and 26.
  • a non- nucleophilic base for example triethylamine or pyridine
  • a silylating agent in which Rll-Rl3 are lower alkyl or phenyl, for example tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride in an inert solvent, for example dimethylformamide in the presence of imidazole at about 0 °C to give a silyl protected compound of formula 37.
  • Reduction of 37 may be carried out using a variety of suitable reducing agents, for example, lithium aluminum hydride in an inert solvent such as ether or tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about 0 °C followed by an aqueous workup to give an intermediate alcohol which can be oxidized by any of several oxidizing agents suitable for oxidizing benzyl alcohols to the corresponding aldehydes, for example activated manganese dioxide, to give an aldehyde of formula 38.
  • oxidizing agents suitable for oxidizing benzyl alcohols to the corresponding aldehydes, for example activated manganese dioxide, to give an aldehyde of formula 38.
  • Monosilyl protected diols are alternatively available from 3- or 4-hydroxymethylbenzylalcohols by monosilylation and separation of the side products.
  • an ester of formula 37 may be reduced directly to an aldehyde of formula 38 using diisobutylaluminum hydride at low temperature, for
  • Reaction of 38 to give a dehydroamino acid of formula 39 can be effected by treatment with a Wittig reagent of formula 4 in which R3 is lower alkyl and R4 is an alkoxy group, for example benzyloxy- or tert-butoxy- or represents a portion of one of the acyl groups of the compounds of the invention, for example ortho-substituted aryl or hetereoaryl.
  • a Wittig reagent of formula 4 in which R3 is lower alkyl and R4 is an alkoxy group, for example benzyloxy- or tert-butoxy- or represents a portion of one of the acyl groups of the compounds of the invention, for example ortho-substituted aryl or hetereoaryl.
  • R3 is lower alkyl and R4 is benzyloxy
  • conversion to an amine of formula 41 can be conveniently effected by catalytic transfer hydrogenation of 40 over Pd ⁇ in a suitable solvent, for example, methanol in the presence of ammonium formate as the reducing agent.
  • a suitable solvent for example, methanol in the presence of ammonium formate as the reducing agent.
  • Acylation of 41 with a carboxylic acid of formula 11 can be carried as described above in Reaction Scheme 2 to give a compound of formula 42.
  • Conditions for removal of the silyl protecting group will depend on the particular choice of RH-R13.
  • this group is readily removed by treatment with a strong acid, for example hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent for the choice of R3, for example where R3 is methyl, methanol.
  • the resulting benzylic alcohol of formula 43 can be converted to an amine of formula 45 using procedures well established for similar transformations.
  • the alcohol of formula 43 can be converted to a leaving group, for example a mesylate by treatment with methane sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a proton acceptor, for example pyridine, followed by displacement with an alkali metal azide, for example sodium azide in a polar aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide.
  • the transformation from 43 to an azide of formula 44 can be carried out directly by treatment with diphenyl phosphorazidate as described in: Thompson, A. S.; Humphrey, G R.; DeMarco, A. M.; Mathre, D.
  • Reduction of the azide 44 to an amine of formula 45 can be carried out by a number of means suitable for the conversion of azides to amines, for example by treatment with a phosphine, for example triphenyl phosphine in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane or THF followed by an aqueous workup or by catalytic hydrogenation over an appropriate catalyst, for example Pd ⁇ in a solvent suitable for catalytic hydrogenations such as a lower alkanol or tetrahydrofuran.
  • a phosphine for example triphenyl phosphine in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane or THF followed by an aqueous workup or by catalytic hydrogenation over an appropriate catalyst, for example Pd ⁇ in a solvent suitable for catalytic hydrogenations such as a lower alkanol or tetrahydrofuran.
  • the resulting amine of formula 45 can be converted into the corresponding compounds of the invention using the procedures applicable to free amines described in the other reaction schemes.
  • coupling of 45 with a carboxylic acid of formula 8 under the conditions described in Reaction Scheme 2 leads to an amide of formula 46 which may be further converted to an acid of formula 47 if desired by base catalyzed hydrolysis as described in Reaction Scheme 2.
  • Reaction Scheme 6
  • a compound of formula 26 can be treated with an isocyanate of formula 49, wherein R14 is substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl or substituted lower alkyl with potentially reactive substituents protected as appropriate using conventional protecting group strategies, in a suitable inert solvent, for example dichloromethane, to give a urea of formula 50.
  • a compound of formula 26 can be treated with a phosgene equivalent, for example, triphosgene in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane in the presence of a non-nucleophilic proton acceptor, for example diisopropylethylamine, to give an intermediate of formula 48.
  • Compounds of formula 53 can be readily obtained from intermediates described above in Reaction Scheme 2. Reaction of a compound of formula 53 with a cyclic anhydride of formula 54 in an inert solvent, for example dichloromethane leads to a ring opened intermediate of formula 55.
  • the structure implied by 54 includes bicyclic molecules which may incorporate fused aromatic or heteroaromatic rings. In place of 54, it is also possible to use dicarboxylic acids which are capable of forming cyclic imides. In the latter case, a condensing agent must be employed in the first step, for example carbonyl diimidazole. Treatment of the compound of formula 55 with a reagent such as carbonyl diimidazole capable of effecting cyclodehydration leads to an imide of formula 56. Further manipulation of functional groups which were present on the anhydride of formula 54 and modification of R7" may be carried out on compound 56 as desired to obtain further analogs using standard chemistry which is compatible with the presence of the imide functionality.
  • the appropriate halogen atom can be inserted at various points during the course of the synthesis depending on the nature of the additional functionality in the molecule.
  • a compound of formula 6 in which Rl is hydrogen can be treated with a mild chlorinating agent, for example, N-chlorosuccinimide in the presence of a proton acceptor, for example, sodium acetate to give the corresponding compound of formula 6 in which Rl is chloro.
  • a mild chlorinating agent for example, N-chlorosuccinimide
  • a proton acceptor for example, sodium acetate
  • a mixture of regioisomers may ensue which may be separated at a convenient point in the overall synthesis.
  • Other intermediates described in the above schemes may be more suitable starting materials for halogenation for a particular target molecule. The particular merits of individual candidate starting materials will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • an aminophenylalanine derivative of structure 16, in which R ⁇ and R7 are as previously defined may be employed.
  • Reaction of 16 with an a-mercapto carboxylic acid of formula 59 in which R20 can be hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl, for example a-mercapto acetic acid, and an aldehyde of formula 60 in which R21 can be alkyl, hydroxyalkyl or a substituted aryl group, for example benzaldehyde, in an appropriate solvent such as benzene, THF or a lower alcohol, for example methanol, in the presence of a water scavenger such as 4A molecular sieves at 60 to 80 °C provides compound of formula 61.
  • Compound 61 may be a compound of the invention depending on the nature of R7 or may be converted to a compound of the invention by an appropriate hydrolysis procedure, for example in the case where R7 is lower alkyl, by treatment with excess alkali metal hydroxide, such as sodium hydroxide in aqueous alcohol.
  • R7 represents a resin suitable for solid phase synthesis
  • the appropriate hydrolysis conditions will depend on the choice of resin.
  • treatment with trifluoroacetic acid in the presence of appropriate scavengers will lead to an acid of formula 62.
  • the sequence may be initiated with related anilines, for example a compound of formula 7 in which Rl is lower alkyl or halogen to give the corresponding thiazolidinones.
  • an aminophenylalanine derivative of structure 16 in which R ⁇ and R7 are as previously defined may be employed.
  • Compound 16 can be readily obtained through the synthesis described in reaction scheme 3.
  • This compound can be coupled with a N-protected a-amino acid of formula 63, in which R22 can be a lower alkyl or an aryl group, R23 can be a natural or unnatural D- or L-a-amino acid side chain or R22 and R23 together can form a ring, for example a proline or pipicolinic acid ring and R24 may be a standard amine protecting group suitable for the particular selection of R ⁇ , R7, R22 > and R23 for example tert-butoxycarbonyl.
  • the coupling reaction can be effected using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 64.
  • a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF
  • an appropriate deprotection method is employed to give a compound of formula 65.
  • the protecting group R24 is a Boc group
  • the deprotection can be carried out by the reaction of 64 with HC1 in dioxane at room temperature.
  • Compound 66 may be a compound of the invention depending on the nature of R7 or may be converted to a compound of the invention by an appropriate hydrolysis procedure, for example in the case where R7 is lower alkyl, by hydrolysis by treatment with an alkali metal hydroxide, such as sodium hydroxide in aqueous alcohol to give a carboxylic acid of formula 67.
  • This compound can be coupled with a N-protected a-amino acid of formula 69, in which R25 can be a natural or unnatural, D- or L-a- amino acid side chain and R26 is a nitrogen protecting group of the type conventionally used in peptide chemistry, for example, a Fmoc group, using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 70.
  • an appropriate deprotection method is employed to give compound of formula 71.
  • the protecting group R2 ⁇ is Fmoc group
  • it may be removed from 70 using standard base treatment well known to those practicing peptide chemistry, for example with piperidine in DMF, to afford an amine of formula 71.
  • the compound 71 can then react with an aldehyde 60, in which R21 is as previously defined, in the presence of a water scavenger such as 4A molecular sieves in an appropriate solvent such as dichloromethane or THF at 25-60 °C to give an imine of formula 72.
  • a water scavenger such as 4A molecular sieves in an appropriate solvent such as dichloromethane or THF at 25-60 °C
  • the imine 72 may then be treated with an acylating agent such as the acyl chloride of formula 74 in which R27 can be an alkyl or aryl group in the presence of a base such DIPEA or DBU in an appropriate solvent such as dichloromethane or THF at 25-60 °C to give an acyl imidazolidinone of formula 73.
  • an acylating agent such as the acyl chloride of formula 74 in which R27 can be an alkyl or aryl group in the presence of a base such DIPEA or DBU in an appropriate solvent such as dichloromethane or THF at 25-60 °C to give an acyl imidazolidinone of formula 73.
  • acylating agent such as the acyl chloride of formula 74 in which R27 can be an alkyl or aryl group in the presence of a base such DIPEA or DBU in an appropriate solvent such as dichloromethane or THF at 25-60 °C
  • Compound 73 may be a compound of the invention, or depending on the nature of R7 may be converted to a compound of the invention by an appropriate hydrolysis procedure, for example in the case where R7 is lower alkyl, by hydrolysis by treatment with an alkali metal hydroxide, for example sodium hydroxide in aqueous alcohol to give, after acidification, a carboxylic acid of formula 68.
  • the sequence may be initiated with related anilines, for example a compound of formula 7 in which Rl is lower alkyl or halogen to give the corresponding 3- acyl imidazolidinones.
  • Ortho-substituted benzoic acid derivatives which are not commercially available can be prepared by conventional means.
  • ortho- substituted aryl iodides or triflates may be carbonylated in the presence of carbon monoxide and a suitable palladium catalyst.
  • the preparation of such iodide or triflate intermediates is dependent on the particular substitution pattern desired and they may be obtained by direct iodination or diazotization of an aniline followed by treatment with a source of iodide for example, potassium iodide.
  • Triflates may be derived from the corresponding phenols by conventional means such as treatment with trifluoromethane sulfonic anhydride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine in an inert solvent.
  • a base such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine in an inert solvent.
  • Other means of obtaining ortho- substituted benzoic acids involves treatment of an 2-methoxyphenyloxazoline derivative such as 75 with an alkyl Grignard reagent followed by hydrolysis of the oxazoline ring following the general procedure described by Meyers, A. I., Gabel, R., Mihelick, E. D, J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 1372-1379., to give an acid of formula 76.
  • 2- or 2,6-Disubstituted benzonitriles also serve as convenient precursors to the corresponsing benzoic acids.
  • highly hindered nitriles for example 2-chloro-6-methylbenzonitrile
  • conventional hydrolysis under acidic or basic conditions is difficult and better results are obtained by DIBAL reduction to the corresponding benzaldehyde followed by oxidation using a chromium oxidizing reagent.
  • Optical rotations were determined with a Perkin-Elmer model layer plates coated with silica gel as supplied by E. Merck (E. Merck # 1.05719) and were visualized by viewing under 254 nm UV light in a view box, by exposure to 12 vapor, or by spaying with either phosphomolybdic acid (PMA) in aqueous ethanol, or after exposure to Cl2, with a 4,4'- tetramethyldiaminodiphenylme thane reagent prepared according to E. Von Arx, M. Faupel and M Brugger, J. Chromatography, 1976, 120, 224-228.
  • PMA phosphomolybdic acid
  • Reversed phase high pressure liquid chromatography was carried out using either a Waters Delta Prep 4000 employing a 3 x 30 cm, Waters Delta Pak 15 ⁇ M C-18 column at a flow of 40 mL/min employing a gradient of acetonitrile: water (each containing 0.75% TFA) typically from 5 tp 95% acetonitrile over 35-40 min or a Rainin HPLC employing a 41.4 x 300 mm, 8 ⁇ M, DynamaxTM C-18 column at a flow of 49 mL/min and a similar gradient of acetonitrile: water as noted above.
  • RP-HPLC Reversed phase high pressure liquid chromatography
  • HPLC conditions are typically described in the format (5-95-35-214); this refers to a linear gradient of from 5% to 95% acetonitrile in water over 35 min while monitoring the effluent with a UV detector at a wavelenght of 214 nM.
  • Methylene chloride (dichloromethane), 2-propanol, DMF, THF, toluene, hexane, ether, and methanol, were Fisher reagent grade and were used without additional purification except as noted, acetonitrile was Fisher hplc grade and was used as is.
  • THF is tetrahydrofuran
  • DMF is N,N-dimethylformamide
  • HOBT is 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
  • BOP is [(benzotriazole-l-yl)oxy]tris-(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate ,
  • HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • HBTU is O-benzotriazole-N,N,N',N',-tetramethyluronium hexafluoropho sphate ,
  • DIPEA is diisopropylethylamine
  • DMAP is 4-(N,N-dimethylamino)pyridine
  • DPPA is diphenylphosphoryl azide
  • DPPP is l,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane
  • DBU is l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
  • LDA lithium diisopropylamide
  • BOP-C1 is bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphinic chloride
  • NMP is N-methyl pyrrolidinone
  • Examples 15 30.
  • the compounds shown below were prepared from the corresponding methyl esters using the method described in example 13.
  • Example 30 Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2- (methylsulfinyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine .
  • Example 34 Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2-chloro- 4- [ [ [(3-hydroxyphenyl)methyl] amino] sulfonyl] phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine.
  • Example 35 Coupling of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-4-[[(2- propenyloxy)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine to Wang resin.
  • Example 36 Synthesis of 4-amino-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine on Wang resin.
  • Example 37 Synthesis of 4- [[(4-quinolinyl)carbony ⁇ ] amino] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin
  • a 250 mL cylindrical glass vessel equipped with a coarse glass frit was charged with 4-amino-N- [(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin (10 g) obtained in Example 36 and a solution prepared from quinoline-4-carboxylic acid (5.2 g, 30 mmol), BOP (13.75 g, 30 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (6.8 mL) in 70 mL of NMP. The slurry was agitated for 4 hours.
  • Examples 39 - 49 Using the procedure described in Example 38, the compounds shown below were prepared starting from 4-[[(4- quinolinyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine and the appropriate benzoic acid derivates.
  • Example 63 N-(2-Bromobenzoyl)-4-[[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino]- L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- [[(2,4,6- trimethylphenyl) sulfonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin and 2- bromobenzoic acid using the general method described in example 62..
  • Example 64 Synthesis of 4-[[(4-cyano-4-phenyl-l-piperidinyl)carbonyl]amino]- N-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine.
  • the resin was suspended in dichloromethane (50 mL) and DIPEA (1.0 mL, 5.6 mmol) and 4-cyano-4-phenylpiperidine hydrochloride (2.73 g, 12.2 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was agitated for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was then filtered and washed with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL), methanol (2 x 50 mL), dimethylformamide (2 x 50 mL) and methanol (2 x 10 mL). Cleavage of the Fmoc group was effected by treatment with 25% piperidine in N- methylpyrrolidinone (2 x 15 min).
  • Example 68 Synthesis of 4-amino-N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester N- [(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -4-nitro-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (1.51g, 4.0 mmol) and SnCl2 # H2 ⁇ (4.5g, 20 mmol) were suspended in 30 mL of ethanol. The suspension was stirred at a bath temperature of 97 °C for 1 hr. After it was cooled to room temperature, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was disolved in 15 mL of water.
  • the methyl ester (17.5 mg, 0.031 mmol) was hydrolyzed with IN NaOH (0.1 mL, 0.1 mmol) in 0.5 mL of ethanol at room temperature for 6 hr.
  • the reaction mixture was acidified to pH ⁇ 2 with TFA and was purified on RP-HPLC to give N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(8aS)- hexahydro-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-l-oxoimidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-L- phenylalanine (8.3 mg, 0.015 mmol). in 7.5% yield.
  • HRMS calcd, 548.1952. Obs. 548.1938 (M+H).
  • Example 72 - 74 Using the procedure described in example 71, the compounds shown below were prepared.
  • Example 78 Synthesis of N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(S)- hexahydro-l,3-dioxoimidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)]-L-phenylalanine.
  • reaction mixture was acidified to pH ⁇ 2 with TFA and was purified on RP-HPLC to give N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]- 4-[(S)-hexahydro-l,3-dioxoimidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)]-L-phenylalanine (27.0 mg, 0.057mmol) in 57% overall yield.
  • HRMS obs. 470.1465. calcd. 470.1483
  • Example 86 4-Amino-N- [(2, 6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared using the procedure described in example 68; from 4-nitro-N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (5.2 g, 14.6 mmol) there was obtained 4-amino-N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester (4.6 g, 97 %) as a light yellow glass.
  • Example 87 Synthesis of 4-[[(4-carboxy-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2,6- dimethylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine and 4-[[(3-carboxy-4- pyridinyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [(2 ,6-dimethylphenyl)carbony ⁇ ] -L-phenylalanine
  • Example 88 Synthesis of 4-(2,3-dihydro-l,3-dioxo-lH-p3nrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-2- yl)-N-(2,6-dimethylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine.
  • a solution of the mixture of acids from example 87 (272 mg, 0.59 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was treated with carbonyl diimidazole (385 mg, 2.4 mmol) and was allowed to stir over night.
  • the first product to elute was lyophilized to give N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-4- [(R,S)-2,3,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-l,3-dioxo-lH-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-2-yl]-L- phenylalanine (29 mg, 27 %), FAB HRMS: obs., 448.1862. Calcd., 448.1873 (M+H).
  • the second product to elute was lyophilized to give recovered starting material (47 mg, 43 %).
  • Examples 90 -96 The compounds shown below were prepared using the methods described in example 13 by hydrolysis of 4- [[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N-aroyl- L-phenylalanine methyl ester derivatives.
  • Example 96 N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-[(R)-2,5-dioxo-3-methyl-4-(l- methylethyl)-l-imidazolininyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4-amino-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-D-valine using the procedure described in examples 69, 70 and 78.
  • Example 97-102 Using procedures described in the Examples 75, 76 and 77 the following compounds were prepared from 4-amino-N-(2-chloro-6- methylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and the appropriate Boc- protected amino acids.
  • Cuprous bromide was prepared by heating a deep purple solution of CuSO .5H 2 O (33 mmol, 8.25 g) and NaBr (66 mmol, 6.75 g) in HBr (33 mL, 48%) and adding Cu powder (66 mmol, 4.2 g) in portions until the purple solution became a colorless solution. This solution was then added in portions to a hot solution (c .90°C) of 2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid (33 mmol, 5 g) in H 2 O (80 mL) and HBr (11.5 mL).
  • Extractive work-up (Et2 ⁇ , 3 x 150 mL) gave a dark residue which was dissolved in Et 2 O (100 mL), charcoal was added and the resulting solution was heated to reflux. Filtration and concentration gave a material which was recrystalized from Et2 ⁇ /petrolium ether in hexane (100 mL) to afford the 2-bromo-6- methylbenzoic acid (3.5 g, 49%, HR MS: Obs. mass, 213.9633. Calcd. mass, 213.9629, M+) as a crystalline light pink solid; mp 104-106 °C.
  • the flask was now pressurized with carbon monoxide (40 psi) and the excess pressure was released. This process was repeated three times and finally the mixture was stirred for 5 min under 40 psi carbon monoxide pressure.
  • the flask was then disconnected from the carbon monoxide cylinder and immersed in a preheated oil bath (83-85 °C).
  • the reaction mixture turned black in 1 hr and was stirred for another 14 hr at this temperature. Then, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the pressure was released.
  • the resulting mixture was diluted with ether (200 mL) and l.ON NaOH (20 mL). The formed acid was extracted into water (2 x 100 mL).
  • a 100 mL pressure bottle was charged with l-acetyl-3-chloro-2- [[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy]benzene (2.41 mmol, 0.73 g), Pd(OAc) 2 (0.2 mmol, 47 mg) and dppp (0.2 mmol, 87 mg). Then, the flask was closed with a septum and evacuated three times with argon. Then, acetonitrile (96 mL), triethylamine (188.7 mmol, 19.0 g, 26.25 mL) and water (19.1 mL) were added successively by the aid of syringe.
  • Example 108 N-(2-Bromo-5-methoxybenzoyl)-4-[(2,4-dimethyl-3- pyridinyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- [(2,4- dimethyl-3-pyridyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride and 2-bromo-5-methoxybenzoic acid using the general method described in example 107. MS (M+H) 526 (IBr).
  • Example 110 Preparation of 4-[[(2-chloro-5-cyanophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N- [l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbony ⁇ ] -L-phenylalanine.
  • Example 111 Preparation of 4-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenylcarbonyl)amino]-N- [(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbony ⁇ ]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
  • Example 112 Preparation of 4-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenylcarbonyl)amino]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt Using the procedure described in example 2, 4-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenylcarbonyl)amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt was prepared in 99% overall yield from the product of Ex. Ill as a white solid:.
  • HR MS Obs. mass, 347.1165. Calcd. mass, 347.1162 (M+H).
  • Example 113 4-[(2-Chloro-6-methylphenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[l-(2-methyl-6- ethylphenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared using the procedure described in example 3 to give a 70% overall yield of a white solid.
  • Example 114 N-[l-(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,6- difluorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4-amino- N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2,6- difluorobenzoic acid using the procedures described in examples 109 and 13. HR MS Obs. mass 473.1094. Calcd. mass 473.1079 (M+H).
  • Example 115 N-[l-(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,3,4,5,6- pentafluorophenyl)carbonyl] amino]- L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- amino-N- [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and pentafluorobenzoic acid using the procedure described in examples 109 and 13. HR MS Obs. mass, 527.0798. Calcd. mass 527.0797 (M+H).
  • Example 116 Preparation of (Z)-3-[4-[[(l,l-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3- methylphenyl] -2- [ [(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl] amino] -2-propenoic acid methyl ester.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at -30 °C for 30 min and was allowed to warm to room temperature over night.
  • the mixture was diluted with ether (150 mL) and was washed successively with 0.5 N Hcl (2 x 50 mL) and Sat. NaHCO3 (1 x 50 mL) and was dried over MgSO .
  • the solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by chromatography on a Biotage Kilo Prep HPLC using a silica gel carttridge and eluting with ethyl acetate :hexane (1:2). Fractions containing the Z-isomer were combined and concentrated, finally under high vacuum to give as a colorless glass (11.48 g, 86%). Anal.
  • Example 117 Preparation of 4-[[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3- methyl-N- [[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
  • (+)-l,2-Bis((2S,5S)-2,5-dimethylphospholano)benzene (cyclooctadiene)rhodium trifluoromethane sulfonate 100 mg, 0.15 mmol
  • was added and the bottle was pressurized to 50 psi with hydrogen 3 times and the mixture was stirred over night at room temperature under 50 psi of hydrogen. The pressure was released and the solution was concentrated. The residue was treated with activated charcoal and recrystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane to give 6.72 g (67%), mp 120-121 °C. [a] 58 9 -5.9° (c 1%, methanol).
  • Example 118 Preparation of 4-[[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3- methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
  • Example 119 Preparation of 4-amino-3-methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt.
  • Example 120 Preparation of N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[3-(3- hydroxyphenyl))-l-oxopropyl]amino]-3-methyl-L-phenylalanine.
  • Example 121 N-[l-(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[2-(3- hydroxyphenyl))- 1-oxoethyl] amino] -3-methyl-L-phenylalanine was prepared using the general procedure described in example 120 from 4-amino-3-methyl- N-[[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (79.5 mg) and 2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)acetic acid (30 mg 0.2 mmol) to give 23 mg of a colorless glass.
  • HR MS C26H25N2O5C1: Obs. Mass 481.1527. Calcd. Mass 481.1530 (M+H).
  • Example 122 N-[l-(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[2-(3-nitrophenyl))- 1-oxoethyl] amino] -3-methyl-L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4-amino-3- methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (52 mg) and 3-nitrobenzoic acid (32 mg, 0.19 mmol) using the procedure described in example 120 to give 15 mg of a white powder.
  • HR MS C25H22N3O6C1: Obs. Mass 496.1288. Calcd. Mass 496.1288 (M+H).
  • Example 123 N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino]- 3-methyl-L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4-amino-3-methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (87.4 mg, 0.22 mmol) and 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl chloride using the procedures described in examples 1 and 120 to give 56 mg of a white powder.
  • HR MS C25H21N2O4C13: Obs. Mass 519.0656. Calcd. Mass 519.0645 (M+H).
  • Example 127 Syntheis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine ethyl ester
  • N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine (7.0 g, 13.84 mmol) and powdered sodium bicarbonate (5.88 g, 70 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was added excess of iodoethane (10.91 g, 70 mmol) at room temperature.
  • Example 128 Synthesis of of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-morpholinoethyl ester.
  • Example 129 Synthesis of of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-(4-morpholino)ethyl ester.
  • Example 130-132 Using the procedure described in Example 129, the following ester derivatives were prepared.
  • Example 133 Synthesis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine l-methyl-2-(4- morpholino)ethyl ester was prepared in 32% yield according to the procedure described in Example 129. HRMS Calcd: 632.1484. Obs: 632.1486 (M+H).
  • Example 134 N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 1-methylethyl ester was prepared in 60% yield by the procedure described in Example 127. HRMS m/z Calcd, 569.0778. Obs, 569.0774 (M+Na).
  • Example 136 N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine l-methyl-4-piperidinyl ester was prepared in 65% by the method described in Example 128. HR MS C30H30C13N3O4): Obs, 602.1386.Calcd: 602.1380 (M+H).
  • Example 137 N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbony ⁇ ] amino] -L-phenylalanine butyl ester was prepared in 75% yield by the procedure described in Example 127. HR MS (C28H27C13N2O4): Obs, 561.1115. Calcd, 561.1114 (M+H).
  • Example 138 N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-[4-[(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-l-piperazinyl]ethyl ester was prepared in 78% yield from N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4- [(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L- phenylalanine and 2- [4- [( 1 , l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] - 1 -piper azinyl] ethanol using the procedure described in Example 129.
  • HR MS Obs. mass, 717.1995. Calcd. mass, 717.2013 (M+).
  • Example 142 Preparation of 4-amino-N-methyl-N-[l-(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
  • Example 143 Preparation of 4- [(2,6-dichlorophenylcarbonyl)amino] -N-methyl - N- [l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
  • Example 147 Preparation of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylbphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
  • the white precipitated solid was allowed settle and the solid was collected by filtration.
  • the solid cake was washed with water (1 L) and hexane (1 L) and air dried to obtain 150 g of a crude product.
  • This solid product was dissolved in hot acetonitrile (1 L) and cooled in the refrigerator.
  • the solid was collected by filtration and washed with hexane (500 mL) and air dried to obtain 101.1 g.
  • Example 148 Preparation of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine .
  • the neutral impurities was extracted into ether (2 x 100 mL) and the basic aqueous layer was neutralized with 1 N HCl.
  • the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and the solid cake was washed with water (1 L) and dried at air over weekend.
  • the crude solid was dissolved in hot acetontile (2 L) and the resulting solution was stored in the refrigerator for 15 h.
  • the white crystalline solids were collected by filtration and washed with cold acetonitrile (100 mL). After air drying, 79.76 g (95%) of a white solid, mp 212-215 °C was obtained.
  • Example 150 Preparation of N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(2,6- dimethyl-4-trifluoromethyl-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine.
  • Examples 151-155 The N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4- [(heteroaryl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine derivatives listed below were prepared by treatment of equimolar amounts of 4-amino-N-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and the appropriate heteroaromatic carboxylic acids using the coupling procedure described in example 109 and the ester hydrolysis procedure described in example 13.
  • Examples 156-160 The 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N- [(heteroaryl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine derivatives listed below were prepared by coupling of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]- L-phenylalanine methyl ester and the appropriate heteroaromatic carboxylic acid using the general procedure described in example 3, followed by ester hydrolysis using the general procedure described in example 13.
  • Example 16 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(l- naphthyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 77% yield from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 1-naphthoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3.
  • HR MS Obs. mass, 521.1024. Calcd. mass, 521.1053 (M+H).
  • Example 162 N-[(2-Acetyl-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared in 38 % yield from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-acetyl-6-methylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 547.0579. Calcd. mass, 547.0594 (M+Na).
  • Example 163 4- [ [(2 ,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [ [2-( 1 , 1- dimethylethyDphenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-(l,l-dimethylethyl)benzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3.
  • HR MS Obs. mass, 527.1523. Calcd. mass, 527.1573 (M+H).
  • Example 164 2,6-Bis-(l-methylethyl)benzoic acid was prepared in two steps from 2,6-bis(l-methylethyl)phenol using the two step general procedure described in example 105.
  • HR MS Obs. mass, 206.0325. Calcd. mass, 206.0342 (M+).
  • Example 165 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2,6-bis-(l- methylethyDphenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2,6-bis-(l-methylethyl)benzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. LR MS: 555 (M+).
  • Example 166 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- methoxyphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2- methoxybenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3.
  • HR MS Obs. mass, 501.0984. Calcd. mass, 501.0984 (M+H).
  • Example 167 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-chloro-4- methylsulfonylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 73% yield from 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-chloro-4-methylsulfonylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3.
  • HR MS Obs. mass, 583.0263. Calcd. mass, 583.0264 (M+H).
  • Example 168 N-[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4- [ [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2,6-dichlorobenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3.
  • Exmample 169 N-[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4- [ [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2,6-dichlorobenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3.
  • Exmample 169 was prepared from 4- [ [(2-chloro-6-
  • N-[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared by hydrolysis of N- [(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] -4- [[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester from Ex. 168 using the general procedure described in example 13.
  • Example 170 Preparation of 4-[(2S,4R)-3-Acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(phenylmethyl)-5- oxo- 1-imidazolinyl] -N- [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine and 4-[(2R,4R)-3-acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(phenylmethyl)-5-oxo-l-imidazolinyl]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine .
  • Example 17 4-[(2S,4R)-3-Acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(3-pyridinylmethyl)-5-oxo-l- imidazolinyl] -N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine and 4- [(2R,4R)-3-acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(3-pyridinylmethyl)-5-oxo-l-imidazolinyl]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- aimino-N- [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and Fmoc-D-3-pyridinylalanine using the general procedure described in example 170.
  • Example 172 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-chloro-4- hydroxyphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 35% yield from 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 521.0433. Calcd. mass, 521.0438 (M+H).
  • Example 173 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- me thylsulfonylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 99% yield from 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-methylsulfonylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. LR MS: 548 (M+).
  • Example 174 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-(l-methyl)ethyl- 6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 35% yield from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-(l-methyl)ethyl-6-methylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3.
  • HR MS Obs. mass, 526.1417. Calcd. mass, 526.1426 (M+).
  • Example 175. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-bromo-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 64% yield from 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-bromo-6-methylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 563.0138. Calcd. mass, 563.0140 (M+H).
  • Example 177 N-[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(2,4-dimethyl-3- pyridinyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- [(2,4- dimethyl-3-pyridyl)carbonyrj amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride and 2,6-dichlorobenzoic acid using the general method described in example 107. MS (M+H) 486 (2C1).
  • Example 178 Preparation of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine sodium salt.
  • VLA-4 antagonist activity defined as ability to compete for binding to immobilized VCAM-1, was quantitated using a solid-phase, dual antibody ELISA.
  • VLA-4 (a4bl integrin) bound to VCAM-1 is detected by a complex of anti-integrin bl antibody: HRP-conjugated anti-mouse IgG: chromogenic substrate (K-Blue). Initially, this entailed coating 96 well plates (Nunc Maxisorp) with recombinant human VCAM-1 (0.4 ⁇ g in 100 ⁇ l PBS), sealing each plate and then allowing the plates to stand at 4°C for A18 hr.
  • VCAM-coated plates were subsequently blocked with 250 ⁇ l of 1% BSA/0.02% NaN3 to reduce non-specific binding.
  • All plates are washed twice with VCAM Assay Buffer (200 ⁇ l/well of 50 mM Tris-HCl, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM MnCl2, 0.05% Tween 20; pH 7.4).
  • a series of 1:4 dilutions are performed to achieve a concentration range of 0.005 nM - 1.563 ⁇ M for each test compound.
  • VCAM Assay Buffer 100 ⁇ l per well of each dilution is added to the VCAM-coated plates, followed by 10 ⁇ l of Ramos cell-derived VLA-4. These plates are sequentially mixed on a platform shaker for 1 min, incubated for 2 hr at 37 °C, and then washed four times with 200 ⁇ l/well VCAM Assay Buffer. 100 ⁇ l of mouse anti-human integrin bl antibody is added to each well (0.6 ⁇ g/mL in VCAM Assay Buffer + lmg/mL BSA) and allowed to incubate for 1 hr at 37°C. At the conclusion of this incubation period, all plates are washed four times with VCAM Assay Buffer (200 ⁇ l/well).
  • Soluble recombinant human VCAM-1 (mixture of 5- and 7-Ig domain) was purified from CHO cell culture media by immunoaffinity chromatography and maintained in a solution containing 0.1 M Tris-glycine (pH 7.5), 0.1 M NaCl, 5 mM EDTA, 1 mM PMSF, 0.02% 0.02% NaN3 and 10 ⁇ g/mL leupeptin.
  • Calcein-AM was purchased from Molecular Probes Inc.
  • VLA-4 (a4bl integrin) antagonist activity defined as ability to compete with cell-surface VLA-4 for binding to immobilized VCAM-1, was quantitated using a Ramos-VCAM-1 cell adhesion assay.
  • Ramos cells bearing cell-surface VLA- 4 were labeled with a fluorescent dye (Calcein-AM) and allowed to bind VCAM-1 in the presence or absence of test compounds.
  • a reduction in fluorescence intensity associated with adherent cells (% inhibition) reflected competitive inhibition of VLA-4 mediated cell adhesion by the test compound.
  • Test compounds were dissolved in 100% DMSO and then diluted 1:25 in VCAM Cell Adhesion Assay Buffer (4 mM CaCl2, 4 mM MgCl2 in 50 mM
  • step 3 Dry the granulation in step 2 at 50° C.
  • step 4 Pass the granulation from step 3 through a suitable milling equipment.
  • pH can be adjusted with Sodium hydroxide solution (1 N) or HCl solution (10%w/v) Procedure:
  • the particle size distribution after nebulizing the above solution (as measured using Malvern Mastersizer X) is in the range of 1-6 microns.

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Compounds Of Unknown Constitution (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analyzing Non-Biological Materials By The Use Of Chemical Means (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Heat Sensitive Colour Forming Recording (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Catalysts (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds of formula (1) as well as their salts and esters are disclosed wherein X, X', Z and Y are as described in the specification and which have activity as inhibitors of binding between VCAM-1 and cells expressing VLA-4. Such compounds are useful for treating diseases whose symptoms and/or damage are related to the binding of VCAM-1 to cells expressing VLA-4.

Description

N-ALKANOYLPHENYLALANINE DERIVATIVES
Vascular cell adhesion molecule-1 (VCAM-1), a member of the immunoglobulin (Ig) supergene family, is expressed on activated, but not resting, endothelium. The integrin VLA-4(a4bi), which is expressed on many cell types including circulating lymphocytes, eosinophils, basophils, and monocytes, but not neutrophils, is the principal receptor for VCAM-1. Antibodies to VCAM-1 or VLA-4 can block the adhesion of these mononuclear leukocytes, as well as melanoma cells, to activated endothelium in vitro. Antibodies to either protein have been effective at inhibiting leukocyte infiltration and preventing tissue damage in several animal models of inflammation. Anti-VLA-4 monoclonal antibodies have been shown to block T- cell emigration in adjuvant-induced arthritis, prevent eosinophil accumulation and bronchoconstriction in models of asthma, and reduce paralysis and inhibit monocyte and lymphocyte infiltration in experimental autoimmune encephalitis (EAE). Anti-VCAM-1 monoclonal antibodies have been shown to prolong the survival time of cardiac allografts. Recent studies have demonstrated that anti-VLA-4 mAbs can prevent insulitis and diabetes in non-obese diabetic mice, and significantly attenuate inflammation in the cotton-top tamarin model of colitis.
Thus, compounds which inhibit the interaction between a4-containing integrins and VCAM-1 will be useful as therapeutic agents for the treatment of chronic inflammatory diseases such as RA, multiple sclerosis (MS), asthma, and inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Accordingly, the present invention relates to new compounds of the formula:
Figure imgf000004_0001
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof wherein X,
X', Z and Y are as defined below which inhibit the binding of VCAM-1 to VLA- 4, methods for preparing such compounds, medicaments, a process for the production of such medicaments and the use of the new compounds in the treatment of illnesses, especially inflammatory diseases in which such binding acts to bring on the disease.
As used in this specification, the term "lower alkyl", alone or in combination, means a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group containing from one to six carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, sec. butyl, isobutyl, tert. butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl and the like. Lower alkyl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more groups selected independently from cycloalkyl, nitro, aryloxy, aryl, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl, lower alkyl thio, lower alkyl sulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, and substituted amino. Examples of substituted lower alkyl groups include 2-hydroxylethyl, 3-oxobutyl, cyanomethyl, and 2- nitropropyl.
The term "cycloalkyl" means an unsubstituted or substituted 3- to 7- membered carbacyclic ring. Substitutents useful in accordance with the present invention are hydroxy, halogen, cyano, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl, lower alkyl, aroyl, lower alkylthio, lower alkyl sulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, aryl, heteroaryl and substituted amino.
The term "lower alkoxy" means a straight-chain or branched-chain alkoxy group containing a maximum of six carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like. The term "lower alkylthio" means a lower alkyl group bonded through a divalent sulfur atom, for example, a methyl mercapto or a isopropyl mercapto group.
The term "aryl" means a mono- or bicylic aromatic group, such as phenyl or naphthyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by conventional substituent groups. Preferred substituents are lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxy lower alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkoxy, halogen, lower alkylthio, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkylsulfonyl, cyano, nitro, perfluoroalkyl, alkanoyl, aroyl, aryl alkynyl, lower alkynyl and lower alkanoylamino. The especially preferred substituents are lower alkyl, hydroxy, and perfluoro lower alkyl. Examples of aryl groups that may be used in accordance with this invention are phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, p-chlorophenyl, m-hydroxy phenyl, m-methylthiophenyl, 2- methyl-5-nitrophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 1-naphthyl and the like.
The term "arylalkyl" means a lower alkyl group as hereinbefore defined in which one or more hydrogen atoms is/are replaced by an aryl or heteroaryl group as herein defined. Any conventional aralkyl may be used in accordance with this invention, such as benzyl and the like.
The term "heteroaryl" means an unsubstituted or substituted 5- or 6- membered monocyclic hetereoaromatic ring or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic hetereoaromatic ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 hetereoatoms which are independently N, S or O. Examples of hetereoaryl rings are pyridine, benzimidazole, indole, imidazole, thiophene, isoquinoline, quinzoline and the like. Substitutents as defined above for "aryl" are included in the definition of heteroaryl.
The term "lower alkoxycarbonyl" means a lower alkoxy group bonded via a carbonyl group. Examples of alkoxycarbonyl groups are ethoxycarbonyl and the like.
The term "lower alkylcarbonyloxy" means lower alkylcarbonyloxy groups bonded via an oxygen atom, for example an acetoxy group.
The term "lower alkanoyl" means lower alkyl groups bonded via a carbonyl group and embraces in the sense of the foregoing definition groups such as acetyl, propionyl and the like.
The term "lower alkylcarbonylamino" means lower alkylcarbonyl groups bonded via a nitrogen atom, such as acetylamino. The term "aroyl" means an mono- or bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl group bonded via a carbonyl group. Examples of aroyl groups are benzoyl, 3- cyanobenzoyl, 2-naphthyl and the like.
The term "aryloxy" means an aryl group, as hereinbefore defined, which is bonded via an oxygen atom. The preferred aryloxy group is phenoxy.
In the first aspect, the present invention relates to a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein:
one of X and X' is hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl, the other is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0002
wherein: Rl is hydrogen or lower alkyl,
Rl5 is halogen, nitro, lower alkyl sulfonyl, cyano, lower alkyl, OH, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, lower alkyl aminosulfonyl, perfluorolower alkyl, lower alkylthio, hydroxy lower alkyl, alkoxy lower alkyl, halo lower alkyl, alkylthio lower alkyl, alkylsulfinyl lower alkyl, alkylsufonyl lower alkyl, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkanoyl, aroyl, aryloxy or a group of the formula Ri7-C≡C-,
Rl6 is hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl, OH, perfluorolower alkyl, or lower alkylthio, Rl7 is hydrogen, aryl, heteroaryl, or lower alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by OH, aryl, or heteroaryl, and
a is 0 or 1;
or one of X and X' is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N,O, and S;
or
Het is a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, a, Rl, R15 and Ri6 are as above, and
R30 is hydrogen or lower alkyl, or is absent;
or one of X and X' is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000007_0002
wherein:
Rl8 is lower alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl alkyl,
Rl9 is lower alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, aryl, hetereoaryl, alkylthio, or R 9 is aryl or heteroaryl, and R20 is lower alkyl or lower alkanoyl, or
Rl9 and R20 taken together are tetramethylene;
and Y is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein:
R22 and R23 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxylalkyl, lower alkylamino, aryl, arylalkyl, nitro, cyano, lower alkylthio, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, lower alkanoyl, halogen, or perfluoroalkyl and at least one of R22 and R23 is other than hydrogen, and
R24 is hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylsulfonyl, amino, aryl, nitro, cyano, halogen, or is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000008_0002
wherein R25 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aryl lower alkyl, alkoxy lower alkyl and R26 is hydrogen or lower alkyl, or
R22 and R24 taken together are a fused benzene ring; or
Y is a group Y-2 which is a five or six membered monocyclic heteroaromatic group containing
1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic group containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, wherein said heteroaromatic group is bonded via a carbon atom to the amide carbonyl and one or two carbon atoms of said heteroaromatic group are substituted by lower alkyl, halogen, cyano, perfluoroalkyl, or aryl and at least one of said substituted carbon atoms is adjacent to the carbon atom bonded to the amide carbonyl;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof. The compounds of the invention can exist as stereoisomers and diastereomers, all of which are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
In a compound of formula 1 X' is preferably hydrogen which means that then X is a group X-6, X-7 or X-10. When Z is lower alkyl, methyl is preferred. Z is preferably hydrogen.
In a compound of formula 1, wherein the group is Y-l, which is preferred over Y-2, R22 and R23 preferably are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, nitro, lower alkylthio, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamino, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, lower alkanoyl, halogen, or perfluoroalkyl wherein at least one of R22 and R23 is not hydrogen, and
R24 is hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylsulfonyl, amino, nitro, halogen or a group of the formula:
wherein R25 is aryl lower alkyl and R26 is hydrogen or lower alkyl,
or R22 and R24 taken together are a fused benzene ring.
Preferably R22 is hydrogen (when R23 is other than hydrogen), lower alkyl or halogen. R24 is preferably hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkylsulfonyl, lower alkyl, halogen, nitro or lower alkoxy or a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000009_0002
wherein R25 is unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted phenyl lower alkyl, and R26 is hydrogen,
or R22 and R24 taken together are a fused phenyl ring.
More preferred R^ is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, methyl, chloro, bromo, nitro, -OCH3, -SO2CH3 and R26 is H and R25 is
Figure imgf000010_0001
R23 is preferably hydrogen (when R22 is other than hydrogen), lower alkyl, lower alkylamino, halogen, nitro, perfluoro lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl, lower alkylsulfinyl or lower alkyl sulfonyl. R23 is more preferably methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, tertbutyl, trifluormethyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, nitro, -COCH3, -SCH3, -SOCH3, -SO2CH3, -NHCH3 or -OCH3.
Most preferred Y-l is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000010_0002
Figure imgf000011_0001
In a compound of formula 1 where Y-2 is a monocyclic heteroaromatic or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic group, this heterocycle is preferably selected from the group of:
Figure imgf000011_0002
More preferred Y-2 groups are of the formula:
Figure imgf000011_0003
In a compound of formula 1 wherein X is X-6 the groups Ri5 and Riβ preferably are independently hydrogen lower alkyl, nitro, halogen, perfluoroloweralkyl, cyano or aryloxy. More preferred Rj.5 or Riβ is H, methyl, nitro, chloro, fluoro, trifluormethyl, cyano or phenoxy. Most preferred X-6 groups are of the formula
Figure imgf000012_0001
In a compound of formula 1 wherein X is X-7 Het is preferably a 5- or 6- membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 nitrogens, or a nitrogen and a sulfur, or a nitrogen and an oxygen. More preferred the heteroaromatic ring is
Figure imgf000012_0002
In a compound of formula 1 wherein X is X-7and Het is a bicyclic heteroaromatic ring it preferably contains from 1 to 3 nitrogens as the heteroatoms. More preferably, the bicyclic heteroaromatic ring is
4-quinolinyl, 1-isoquinolinyl or
Figure imgf000012_0003
Regarding the substituents in the X-7 heterocycles R15 is preferably hydrogen, nitro, lower alkyl sulfonyl, cyano, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, perfluorolower alkyl, lower alkylthio, lower alkanoyl, or aryl. More preferred R1.5 is isopropyl, methyl or phenyl.
Ri6 in X-7 heterocycles is preferably hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl or perfluoro lower alkyl. More preferred Ri6 is methyl or triflouromethyl.
R30 in X-7 is preferably hydrogen or lower alkyl, especially methyl.
Preferred X-7 groups are of the formula:
Figure imgf000012_0004
Figure imgf000013_0001
In a preferred embodiment of X-6 or X-7 Ri is hydrogen. In another a is 0.
In a compound of formula 1 wherein X is X-10 Rl8 is preferably lower alkyl or phenyl, wherein the phenyl ring is unsubstituted or monosubstituted by halogen, hydroxy, or is phenyl lower alkyl. More preferred Ri8 is tertbutyl, phenyl, phenoxy, chlorophenyl or phenylethyl.
Rl9 is preferably lower alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by pyridyl or phenyl wherein the phenyl ring is unsubstituted or monosubstituted by lower alkoxy or halogen. More preferred R19 is methyl, isobutyl, benzyl, 4- chlorobenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl or 2-pyridylmethyl.
When R20 in X-10 is lower alkyl methyl is preferred. Preferably it is lower alkanoyl, especially acetyl..
Most preferred groups X-10 are of the formula:
Figure imgf000013_0002
Figure imgf000014_0001
The compounds of the invention include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof. Certain prefered esters of the invention are useful to improve bioavailabilty of compounds of this invention. These preferred esters are of the formula:
Figure imgf000014_0002
wherein X, X', Z and Y are as described above, and R31 is lower alkyl, or R31 is a group of formula P-l:
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein:
R32 is hydrogen or lower alkyl,
R33 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl,
R34 is hydrogen or lower alkyl,
h is an integer from 0 to 2,
g is an integer from 0 to 2,
the sum of h and g is 1 to 3; or
R31 is a group of formula P-2:
Figure imgf000015_0002
wherein:
R32, g, and h are as previously defined,
T is O, S, -(CH2)j-, a bond (when j=0) or a group of the formula N-R35,
R35 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkanoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, and
j is 0, 1 or 2.
Particular lower alkyl ester groups are methyl, ethyl, butyl, 1-methylethyl, 2- methylpropyl, 2-methoxyethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl. A particular PI group is 2- dimethylaminoethyl. Particular P2 group are 2-(4-morpholinyl)-ethyl, 1- methyl-2-(4-morpholinyl)ethyl, l-methyl-4-piperidinyl, 2-( l-piperazinyl)ethyl and 2-(4-methyl-l-piperazinyl)ethyl.
R31 is preferably methyl, ethyl or 2-(4-morpholinyl)ethyl. Preferred compounds of formula 1 and 2 are selected from the group:
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000018_0002
Figure imgf000018_0004
Figure imgf000018_0003
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000019_0002
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000020_0002
Figure imgf000020_0003
Figure imgf000020_0004
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000021_0002
Figure imgf000021_0003
Figure imgf000021_0004
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
The compounds of the invention inhibit the binding of VCAM-1 and fibronectin to VLA-4 on circulating lymphocytes, eosinophils, basophils, and monocytes ("VLA-4-expressing cells"). The binding of VCAM-1 and fibronectin to VLA-4 on such cells is known to be implicated in certain disease states, such as rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, and particularly in the binding of eosinophils to pulmonary endothelium which is the cause of the pulmonary inflammation which occurs in asthma. Thus, the compounds of the present invention would be useful for the treatment of asthma.
In another aspect, on the basis of their capability of inhibiting binding of VCAM-1 and fibronectin to VLA-4 on circulating lymphocytes, eosinophils, basophils, and monocytes, the compounds of the invention can be used as medicament for the treatment of disorders which are known to be associated with such binding. Examples of such disorders are rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, asthma, and inflammatory bowel disease. The compounds of the invention are preferably used in the treatment of diseases which involve pulmonary inflammation, such as asthma. The pulmonary inflammation which occurs in asthma is related to eosinophil infiltration into the lungs wherein the eosinophils bind to endothelium which has been activated by some asthma-triggering event or substance.
Furthermore, compounds of the invention also inhibit the binding of VCAM-1 and MadCAM to the cellular receptor alpha4-beta7, also known as LPAM, which is expressed on lymphocytes, eosinophiles and T-cells. While the precise role of alpha4-beta7 interaction with various ligands in inflammatory conditions such as asthma is not completely understood, compounds of the invention which inhibit both alpha4-betal and alpha4-beta7 receptor binding are particularly effective in animal models of asthma. Furthermore work with monoclonal antibodies to alpha4-beta7 indicate that compounds which inhibit alpha4-beta7 binding to MadCAM or VCAM are useful for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease. They would also be useful in the treatment of other diseases in which such binding is implicated as a cause of disease damage or symptoms.
The compounds of the invention can be administered orally, rectally, or parentally, e.g., intravenously, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intrathecally or transdermally; or sublingually, or as opthalmalogical preparations, or as an aerosol for the treatment of pulmonary inflammation. Capsules, tablets, suspensions or solutions for oral administration, suppositories, injection solutions, eye drops, salves or spray solutions are examples of administration forms. Intravenous, intramuscular, oral or inhalation administration is a preferred form of administration. The dosages in which the compounds of the invention are administered in effective amounts depend on the nature of the specific active ingredient, the age and the requirements of the patient and the mode of administration. Dosages may be determined by any conventional means, e.g., by dose-limiting clinical trials. Thus, the invention further comprises a method of treating a host suffering from a disease in which VCAM-1 or fibronectin binding to VLA-4-expressing cells is a causative factor in the disease symptoms or damage by administering an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to inhibit VCAM-1 or fibronectin binding to VLA-4-expressing cells so that said symptoms or said damage is reduced. In general, dosages of about 0.1-100 mg/kg body weight per day are preferred, with dosages of 1-25 mg/kg per day being particularly preferred, and dosages of 1-10 mg/kg body weight per day being espeically preferred.
The invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions or medicaments which contain a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically and therapeutically acceptable carrier. Such compositions may be formulated by any conventional means by bringing a compound according to the present invention into a galenical administration form together with a therapeutically inert carrier material. If desired, one or more additional therapeutically active substances may be added.
Tablets or granulates can contain a series of binders, fillers, carriers or diluents. Liquid compositions can be, for example, in the form of a sterile water-miscible solution. Capsules can contain a filler or thickener in addition to the active ingredient. Furthermore, flavour-improving additives as well as substances usually used as preserving, stabilizing, moisture-retaining and emulsifying agents as well as salts for varying the osmotic pressure, buffers and other additives can also be present.
The previously mentioned carrier materials and diluents can comprise any conventional pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic substances, e.g., water, gelatine, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, talc, gum arabic, polyalkylene glycols and the like.
Oral unit dosage forms, such as tablets and capsules, preferably contain from 25 mg to 1000 mg of a compound of the invention. The compounds of the present invention may be prepared by any conventional means. In reaction Scheme 1, a compound of formula 1 in which Rl is H or lower alkyl, and which is a known compound or can be prepared by standard methodology, is treated with a reducing agent capable of selectively reducing a nitro group in the presence of a benzylic alcohol. This procedure is advantageously carried out in the presence of a derivatizing agent of the formula R2-OCOX wherein X is a leaving group and R2 is tert-alkyl, benzyl or the like so as to form a readily cleavable protecting group, thus leading directly to a compound of formula 2. For example, this procedure can be conveniently carried out by catalytic hydrogenation of 1 over Pd© in ethyl acetate in the presence of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate to give a derivative of 2 in which R2 is tert-butyl.
Conversion to an aldehyde of formula 3 can be carried out using any one of a variety of oxidizing agents capable of oxidizing a benzylic alcohol to the corresponding aldehyde, for example activated manganese dioxide in a suitable solvent, for example dichloromethane. Reaction of 3 to give a dehydroamino acid of formula 5 can be effected by treatment with a Wittig reagent of formula 4 in which R3 is lower alkyl and R4 is an alkoxy group, for example benzyloxy- or tert-butoxy- or represents a portion of one of the acyl groups of the compounds of the invention, for example substituted lower aryl. For example treatment of 3 with (±)-N-(benzyloxycarbonyD-a- phosphonoglycine trimethyl ester in the presence of a suitable base for example tetramethyl guanidine leads directly to a dehydroamino acid of formula 5, R3 = methyl and R4 = benzyloxy. Enantioselective reduction of 5 to the L-amino acid 6 can be effected by use of a number of reducing agents suitable for the purpose, for example, the recently described ethyl-DuPHOS rhodium reagent (Burk, M. J., Feaster, J. E.; Nugent, W. A.; Harlow, R. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1993, 115, 10125) using essentially the literature procedure.
Reaction Scheme 1
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000027_0002
One process for the conversion of compounds of structure 6 into compounds of the invention is shown in Reaction Scheme 2. The protecting group incorporating R2 can be removed under conditions dependent on the particular choice of R2 as well as R3 and R4. The choice of these groups will be dependent on the particular target compound. A variety of common protecting groups and their use are described in "T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd edition, Wiley Interscience, New York, 1991" For example when R2 is a tert-butyl group and R3 is lower alkyl and R4 is either a benzyloxy group or represents a portion of one of the acyl groups of the compounds of the invention, for example ortho-substituted aryl, treatment with trifluoroacetic acid either neat or in dichloromethane solution in the presence of suitable scavengers, for example, triethylsilane or anisol leads to a compound of formula 7. This compound can be coupled with a carboxylic acid of formula 8 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 9. In the carboxylic acid of formula 8, R5 may represent a substituted alkyl group, a substituted aromatic ring, or a substituted heteroaromatic ring. R5 may also incorporate suitably protected reactive functionalities to permit final conversion into compounds of the invention. The choice and use of such groups will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Depending on the choice of R4 and whether an ester or acid is the final goal of the synthesis, compound 9 may be a compound of the invention or in the case that R4 is a protecting group, for example, a benzyloxy group, it may be removed under appropriate conditions, for example by catalytic hydrogenation over Pd© in a suitable solvent such as a lower alcohol to give a compound of formula 10. This intermediate can be coupled with a carboxylic acid of formula 11 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 12. In the carboxylic acid of formula 11, Rβ may represent a portion of a compound of the invention, for example ortho-substituted aryl or hetereoaryl. These compounds are known compounds or can be prepared by known methods. Rβ may also incorporate suitably protected reactive functionalities to permit final conversion into compounds of the invention. The choice and use of such groups will be apparent to those skilled in the art. If the acid 13 is the target compound, conversion of a compound of formula 12 can be effected using standard hydrolysis conditions appropriate for the particular choice of R3 and any functional groups present as part of R5 and Rβ. In the case where R3 is lower alkyl, treatment with an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium hydroxide in aqueous THF is generally effective.
Reaction Scheme 2
Figure imgf000029_0001
In reaction Scheme 3, a compound of formula 14 in which R7 is a lower alkyl group which may serve as a protecting group or a group suitable for use in a prodrug for example methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl or the like or represents a connection to a solid phase resin, for example a Wang resin, is coupled with a carboxylic acid of formula 11 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 15. Reduction of the nitro group of 15 can be effected by catalytic hydrogenation for example using Pd© as a catalyst or by treatment with a standard reducing agent, for example SnCl2- The resulting compound of structure 16 is useful as a key intermediate for several series of compounds. In the instance highlighted in Scheme 3, it can be coupled with an acid of formula 8 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 17. Compound 17 may be a compound of the invention depending on the nature of R7 or may be converted to a compound of the invention by an appropriate hydrolysis procedure, for example in the case where R7 is lower alkyl, by hydrolysis by treatment with excess alkali metal hydroxide, such as lithium hydroxide in aqueous alcohol. When R7 represents a resin suitable for solid phase synthesis, appropriate hydrolysis conditions will depend on the choice of resin. In the case of Wang resin, treatment with trifluoroacetic acid in the presence of appropriate scavengers will lead to an acid of formula 18.
Reaction Scheme 3
Figure imgf000030_0001
14 15
Figure imgf000030_0002
18
In a method particularly well suited for solid phase synthesis, an N'- Alloc-amino-Na-Fmoc protected phenylalanine derivative of formula 19 can be coupled to a resin suitable for solid phase synthesis, for example, a Wang resin using standard coupling procedures, for example, by forming a mixed anhydride with 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl chloride and carrying out the coupling reaction in a polar, aprotic solvent such as N-methyl pyrrolidinone to give a compound of structure 20 in which R7' represents the resin. The Alloc group may be removed by standard methods, for example by treatment with a reducing agent such as nBu3SnH in the presence of a catalyst which is a source of Pd°, for instance, Pd(Ph3P)2Cl2 to give an amine derivative of structure 21. This compound can be coupled with a carboxylic acid of formula 8 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 22. The Fmoc protecting group may be removed from 22 using standard base treatment well known to those practicing peptide chemistry, for example with piperidine in DMF, to afford an amine of formula 23. The resulting compound 23 can be coupled with a carboxylic acid of formula 11 using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 24. Finally the compound of structure 24 can be cleaved from the resin under conditions dependent on the particular choice of resin. For example, in the case of a Wang resin, acid treatment with trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane in the presence of scavengers as necessary will afford a compound of formula 18.
Depending on the particular synthetic target, the order of removal of the protecting groups from 19 may be altered so that the Fmoc group is first removed, coupling of the resulting amine with an acid of formula 11 is carried out followed by removal of the Alloc group and coupling of the product with an acid of formula 8 and cleavage from the resin. Also the choice of protecting groups can be modified to reflect the reactivities of the resin or choice of R7' and the nature of any functional groups incorporated into R5 and Rβ.
Reaction Scheme 4
Figure imgf000032_0001
21 22
Figure imgf000032_0002
23 24 18
Compounds derived from 3- or 4-(alkylamino)phenylalanine derivatives can be prepared as outlined in Reaction Scheme 5. A compound of formula 16 or 7 may be treated with diazomethane in a suitable solvent, for example, ethyl ether to give products of formulas 25 and 26 respectively in which R8 is methyl. Alternatively, the compound of structure 16 or 7 may be treated with an lower alkyl aldehyde or ketone, for example acetone, to give an intermediate Schiff s base which is in turn subjected to catalytic hydrogenation or reduction with sodium cyanoborohydride in the presence of an organic acid, for example acetic acid to give a compound of formula 25 or 26 in which Rs is lower alkyl other than methyl. Conversion of compounds 25 or
26 to prodrug esters 27 or 28 or to the corresponding acids 29 or 30 respectively can be carried out as described above in Reaction Schemes 2 and 3. Reaction Scheme 5
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000033_0002
16
Figure imgf000033_0003
25 26
Figure imgf000033_0004
For the preparation of 3- or 4-sulfonylamino phenylalanine derivatives, compounds of formula 7, 16, 25 or 26 may be reacted with a sulfonyl chloride of formula 31, in which R9 is a substituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety, in an inert solvent, for example dichloromethane in the presence of a non- nucleophilic base, for example triethylamine or pyridine at about 0 °C to room temperature to give compounds of structure 32 or 33 respectively as illustrated in Reaction Scheme 6 for compounds 7 and 26. These can be further converted to compounds of formulas 34 and 35 if desired using the general methods described above in Reaction Schemes 2 and 3.
For the preparation of compounds derived from 3- or 4-aminomethyl- phenylalanine, the procedure shown in Reaction Scheme 7 may be employed. A 3- or 4-hydroxymethyl benzoate of formula 36 in which Rio is lower alkyl, which are known compounds, or can be prepared by known methods, is treated with a silylating agent in which Rll-Rl3 are lower alkyl or phenyl, for example tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride in an inert solvent, for example dimethylformamide in the presence of imidazole at about 0 °C to give a silyl protected compound of formula 37. Reduction of 37 may be carried out using a variety of suitable reducing agents, for example, lithium aluminum hydride in an inert solvent such as ether or tetrahydrofuran at a temperature of about 0 °C followed by an aqueous workup to give an intermediate alcohol which can be oxidized by any of several oxidizing agents suitable for oxidizing benzyl alcohols to the corresponding aldehydes, for example activated manganese dioxide, to give an aldehyde of formula 38. Monosilyl protected diols are alternatively available from 3- or 4-hydroxymethylbenzylalcohols by monosilylation and separation of the side products. Alternatively, an ester of formula 37 may be reduced directly to an aldehyde of formula 38 using diisobutylaluminum hydride at low temperature, for example at -78 °C.
Reaction of 38 to give a dehydroamino acid of formula 39 can be effected by treatment with a Wittig reagent of formula 4 in which R3 is lower alkyl and R4 is an alkoxy group, for example benzyloxy- or tert-butoxy- or represents a portion of one of the acyl groups of the compounds of the invention, for example ortho-substituted aryl or hetereoaryl. For example treatment of 38 with (±)-N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-a-phosphonoglycine trimethyl ester in the presence of a suitable base for example tetramethyl guanidine leads directly to a dehydroamino acid of formula 39, R3 = methyl and R4 = benzyloxy. Enantioselective reduction of 39 to the L-amino acid 40 can be effected by use of one of a number of reducing agents suitable for the purpose, for example, the recently described ethyl-DuPHOS rhodium reagent. It will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art that the optimal procedure for the further conversion of 40 into compounds of the invention will depend on the choices of R4 and R3. For the case wherein R3 is lower alkyl and R4 is benzyloxy, conversion to an amine of formula 41 can be conveniently effected by catalytic transfer hydrogenation of 40 over Pd© in a suitable solvent, for example, methanol in the presence of ammonium formate as the reducing agent. Acylation of 41 with a carboxylic acid of formula 11 can be carried as described above in Reaction Scheme 2 to give a compound of formula 42. Conditions for removal of the silyl protecting group will depend on the particular choice of RH-R13. In the case of Rll, Rl2 = methyl and R13 = tertbutyl, this group is readily removed by treatment with a strong acid, for example hydrochloric acid in an appropriate solvent for the choice of R3, for example where R3 is methyl, methanol.
The resulting benzylic alcohol of formula 43 can be converted to an amine of formula 45 using procedures well established for similar transformations. For example, the alcohol of formula 43 can be converted to a leaving group, for example a mesylate by treatment with methane sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a proton acceptor, for example pyridine, followed by displacement with an alkali metal azide, for example sodium azide in a polar aprotic solvent such as dimethylformamide. Alternatively, the transformation from 43 to an azide of formula 44 can be carried out directly by treatment with diphenyl phosphorazidate as described in: Thompson, A. S.; Humphrey, G R.; DeMarco, A. M.; Mathre, D. J.; Grabowski, E. J. J. J. Org. Chem. 1993, 58, 5886-5888. Reduction of the azide 44 to an amine of formula 45 can be carried out by a number of means suitable for the conversion of azides to amines, for example by treatment with a phosphine, for example triphenyl phosphine in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane or THF followed by an aqueous workup or by catalytic hydrogenation over an appropriate catalyst, for example Pd© in a solvent suitable for catalytic hydrogenations such as a lower alkanol or tetrahydrofuran. The resulting amine of formula 45 can be converted into the corresponding compounds of the invention using the procedures applicable to free amines described in the other reaction schemes. For example, coupling of 45 with a carboxylic acid of formula 8 under the conditions described in Reaction Scheme 2 leads to an amide of formula 46 which may be further converted to an acid of formula 47 if desired by base catalyzed hydrolysis as described in Reaction Scheme 2. Reaction Scheme 6
Figure imgf000036_0001
26
R9— S02CI 31
Figure imgf000036_0002
Reaction Scheme 7
Figure imgf000037_0001
For the synthesis of urea derivatives, a compound of formula 26 can be treated with an isocyanate of formula 49, wherein R14 is substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl or substituted lower alkyl with potentially reactive substituents protected as appropriate using conventional protecting group strategies, in a suitable inert solvent, for example dichloromethane, to give a urea of formula 50. More generally, a compound of formula 26 can be treated with a phosgene equivalent, for example, triphosgene in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane in the presence of a non-nucleophilic proton acceptor, for example diisopropylethylamine, to give an intermediate of formula 48. Subsequent treatment of a compound of formula 48 with an amine of formula 51 in which R15 and Rlβ are independently hydrogen, substituted lower alkyl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl or taken together form a substituted 5, 6 or 7 membered ring leads to a compound of formula 52. Further conversion, if necessary, of 50 or 51 to compounds of the invention can be carried out as described in Reaction Scheme 5.
Reaction Scheme 8
Figure imgf000038_0001
For the synthesis of imides, an aminophenylalanine derivative of structure 53 in which Rl is H or lower alkyl, Rβ is as previously defined and R7" is H or a readily cleavable group such as substituted benzyl, tert-butyl, allyl, or the like, or in the event that a prodrug ester is desired as the final product, is that ester group, for example ethyl, is employed. Compounds of formula 53 can be readily obtained from intermediates described above in Reaction Scheme 2. Reaction of a compound of formula 53 with a cyclic anhydride of formula 54 in an inert solvent, for example dichloromethane leads to a ring opened intermediate of formula 55. The structure implied by 54 includes bicyclic molecules which may incorporate fused aromatic or heteroaromatic rings. In place of 54, it is also possible to use dicarboxylic acids which are capable of forming cyclic imides. In the latter case, a condensing agent must be employed in the first step, for example carbonyl diimidazole. Treatment of the compound of formula 55 with a reagent such as carbonyl diimidazole capable of effecting cyclodehydration leads to an imide of formula 56. Further manipulation of functional groups which were present on the anhydride of formula 54 and modification of R7" may be carried out on compound 56 as desired to obtain further analogs using standard chemistry which is compatible with the presence of the imide functionality.
For the synthesis of compounds of the invention in which R is halogen, preferably chloro, the appropriate halogen atom can be inserted at various points during the course of the synthesis depending on the nature of the additional functionality in the molecule. For example a compound of formula 6 in which Rl is hydrogen can be treated with a mild chlorinating agent, for example, N-chlorosuccinimide in the presence of a proton acceptor, for example, sodium acetate to give the corresponding compound of formula 6 in which Rl is chloro. In the case where 6 is derived from 3-amino-L- phenylalanine, a mixture of regioisomers may ensue which may be separated at a convenient point in the overall synthesis. Other intermediates described in the above schemes may be more suitable starting materials for halogenation for a particular target molecule. The particular merits of individual candidate starting materials will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
Reaction Scheme 9
Figure imgf000040_0001
53 55
Figure imgf000040_0002
For the synthesis of the thiazolidinones of formula 62 described in reaction scheme 10, an aminophenylalanine derivative of structure 16, in which Rβ and R7 are as previously defined may be employed. Reaction of 16 with an a-mercapto carboxylic acid of formula 59 in which R20 can be hydrogen, lower alkyl or aryl, for example a-mercapto acetic acid, and an aldehyde of formula 60 in which R21 can be alkyl, hydroxyalkyl or a substituted aryl group, for example benzaldehyde, in an appropriate solvent such as benzene, THF or a lower alcohol, for example methanol, in the presence of a water scavenger such as 4A molecular sieves at 60 to 80 °C provides compound of formula 61. Compound 61 may be a compound of the invention depending on the nature of R7 or may be converted to a compound of the invention by an appropriate hydrolysis procedure, for example in the case where R7 is lower alkyl, by treatment with excess alkali metal hydroxide, such as sodium hydroxide in aqueous alcohol. When R7 represents a resin suitable for solid phase synthesis, the appropriate hydrolysis conditions will depend on the choice of resin. In the case of Wang resin, treatment with trifluoroacetic acid in the presence of appropriate scavengers will lead to an acid of formula 62. The sequence may be initiated with related anilines, for example a compound of formula 7 in which Rl is lower alkyl or halogen to give the corresponding thiazolidinones.
Reaction Scheme 10
Figure imgf000041_0001
For the synthesis of imidazolidinones of formula 67 shown in reaction scheme 11, an aminophenylalanine derivative of structure 16 in which Rβ and R7 are as previously defined may be employed. Compound 16 can be readily obtained through the synthesis described in reaction scheme 3. This compound can be coupled with a N-protected a-amino acid of formula 63, in which R22 can be a lower alkyl or an aryl group, R23 can be a natural or unnatural D- or L-a-amino acid side chain or R22 and R23 together can form a ring, for example a proline or pipicolinic acid ring and R24 may be a standard amine protecting group suitable for the particular selection of Rβ, R7, R22> and R23 for example tert-butoxycarbonyl. The coupling reaction can be effected using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 64. Depending on the nature of protecting group R24, an appropriate deprotection method is employed to give a compound of formula 65. In the event that the protecting group R24 is a Boc group, the deprotection can be carried out by the reaction of 64 with HC1 in dioxane at room temperature. Reaction of compound 65 with an aldehyde of formula 60, in which the R21 is as defined above, in the presence of a water scavenger such as 4A molecular sieves at 60 to 80 °C in an appropriate solvent, for example THF, provides a compound of formula 66. Compound 66 may be a compound of the invention depending on the nature of R7 or may be converted to a compound of the invention by an appropriate hydrolysis procedure, for example in the case where R7 is lower alkyl, by hydrolysis by treatment with an alkali metal hydroxide, such as sodium hydroxide in aqueous alcohol to give a carboxylic acid of formula 67. Reaction Scheme 11
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000042_0002
For the synthesis of imidazolidinones of formula 68 described in reaction scheme 12, an aminophenylalanine derivative of structure 16 in which Rβ and R7 are as previously defined is employed. Compound 16 can be readily obtained through the synthesis described in reaction scheme 3 in the case of R7 is lower alkyl. This compound can be coupled with a N-protected a-amino acid of formula 69, in which R25 can be a natural or unnatural, D- or L-a- amino acid side chain and R26 is a nitrogen protecting group of the type conventionally used in peptide chemistry, for example, a Fmoc group, using standard peptide coupling conditions, for example HBTU in the presence of DIPEA in a polar, aprotic solvent such as DMF at a temperature between 0 °C and room temperature to give a compound of formula 70. Depending on the nature of protecting group R2β, an appropriate deprotection method is employed to give compound of formula 71. In the case of the protecting group R2β is Fmoc group, it may be removed from 70 using standard base treatment well known to those practicing peptide chemistry, for example with piperidine in DMF, to afford an amine of formula 71. The compound 71 can then react with an aldehyde 60, in which R21 is as previously defined, in the presence of a water scavenger such as 4A molecular sieves in an appropriate solvent such as dichloromethane or THF at 25-60 °C to give an imine of formula 72. The imine 72 may then be treated with an acylating agent such as the acyl chloride of formula 74 in which R27 can be an alkyl or aryl group in the presence of a base such DIPEA or DBU in an appropriate solvent such as dichloromethane or THF at 25-60 °C to give an acyl imidazolidinone of formula 73. Alternatively, other reactive acylating group such as acid anhydrides or mixed anhydrides may be employed in this reaction. Compound 73 may be a compound of the invention, or depending on the nature of R7 may be converted to a compound of the invention by an appropriate hydrolysis procedure, for example in the case where R7 is lower alkyl, by hydrolysis by treatment with an alkali metal hydroxide, for example sodium hydroxide in aqueous alcohol to give, after acidification, a carboxylic acid of formula 68. The sequence may be initiated with related anilines, for example a compound of formula 7 in which Rl is lower alkyl or halogen to give the corresponding 3- acyl imidazolidinones.
Reaction Scheme 12
Figure imgf000044_0001
Ortho-substituted benzoic acid derivatives which are not commercially available can be prepared by conventional means. For example ortho- substituted aryl iodides or triflates may be carbonylated in the presence of carbon monoxide and a suitable palladium catalyst. The preparation of such iodide or triflate intermediates is dependent on the particular substitution pattern desired and they may be obtained by direct iodination or diazotization of an aniline followed by treatment with a source of iodide for example, potassium iodide. Triflates may be derived from the corresponding phenols by conventional means such as treatment with trifluoromethane sulfonic anhydride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine in an inert solvent. Other means of obtaining ortho- substituted benzoic acids involves treatment of an 2-methoxyphenyloxazoline derivative such as 75 with an alkyl Grignard reagent followed by hydrolysis of the oxazoline ring following the general procedure described by Meyers, A. I., Gabel, R., Mihelick, E. D, J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 1372-1379., to give an acid of formula 76. 2- or 2,6-Disubstituted benzonitriles also serve as convenient precursors to the corresponsing benzoic acids. In the case of highly hindered nitriles, for example 2-chloro-6-methylbenzonitrile, conventional hydrolysis under acidic or basic conditions is difficult and better results are obtained by DIBAL reduction to the corresponding benzaldehyde followed by oxidation using a chromium oxidizing reagent.
Reaction Scheme 13
Figure imgf000045_0001
75 76
General Melting points were taken on a Thomas-Hoover apparatus and are 241 polarimeter. ^H-NMR spectra were recorded with Varian XL-200 and Unityplus 400 MHz spectrometers, using tetramethylsilane (TMS) as internal standard. Electron impact (El, 70 ev) and fast atom bombardment (FAB) mass spectra were taken on VG Autospec or VG 70E-HF mass spectrometers. Silica gel used for column chromatography was Mallinkrodt SiliCar 230-400 mesh silica gel for flash chromatography; columns were run under a 0-5 psi head of nitrogen to assist flow. Thin layer chromatograms were run on glass thin uncorrected. Optical rotations were determined with a Perkin-Elmer model layer plates coated with silica gel as supplied by E. Merck (E. Merck # 1.05719) and were visualized by viewing under 254 nm UV light in a view box, by exposure to 12 vapor, or by spaying with either phosphomolybdic acid (PMA) in aqueous ethanol, or after exposure to Cl2, with a 4,4'- tetramethyldiaminodiphenylme thane reagent prepared according to E. Von Arx, M. Faupel and M Brugger, J. Chromatography, 1976, 120, 224-228.
Reversed phase high pressure liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC)was carried out using either a Waters Delta Prep 4000 employing a 3 x 30 cm, Waters Delta Pak 15 μM C-18 column at a flow of 40 mL/min employing a gradient of acetonitrile: water (each containing 0.75% TFA) typically from 5 tp 95% acetonitrile over 35-40 min or a Rainin HPLC employing a 41.4 x 300 mm, 8 μM, Dynamax™ C-18 column at a flow of 49 mL/min and a similar gradient of acetonitrile: water as noted above. HPLC conditions are typically described in the format (5-95-35-214); this refers to a linear gradient of from 5% to 95% acetonitrile in water over 35 min while monitoring the effluent with a UV detector at a wavelenght of 214 nM.
Methylene chloride (dichloromethane), 2-propanol, DMF, THF, toluene, hexane, ether, and methanol, were Fisher reagent grade and were used without additional purification except as noted, acetonitrile was Fisher hplc grade and was used as is.
Definitions:
THF is tetrahydrofuran, DMF is N,N-dimethylformamide,
HOBT is 1-hydroxybenzotriazole,
BOP is [(benzotriazole-l-yl)oxy]tris-(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate ,
HATU is O-(7-azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
HBTU is O-benzotriazole-N,N,N',N',-tetramethyluronium hexafluoropho sphate ,
DIPEA is diisopropylethylamine,
DMAP is 4-(N,N-dimethylamino)pyridine DPPA is diphenylphosphoryl azide
DPPP is l,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane
DBU is l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
NaH is sodium hydride brine is saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution TLC is thin layer chromatography
LDA is lithium diisopropylamide
BOP-C1 is bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphinic chloride
NMP is N-methyl pyrrolidinone Examples
Example 1. Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
To a solution of 4-amino-N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxyl)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (2.6 g, 8.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) were added diisopropylethylamine (2.3 mL, 13 mmol) followed by 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (1.99 g, 9.5 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 15 hr at which time a white precipitate formed. The mixture was diluted with 30 mL of dichloromethane and 50 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the solvent gave 4.03 g (quant) of 4-[(2,6-dichlorophenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[(l,l- dimethylethoxyl)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester as a white solid: mp 148-151 °C.
Example 2. Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt.
4- [ [(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [( 1 , l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine methyl ester (1.86 g, 4.0 mmol) was treated with 10 mL of 4 N hydrochloric acid in dioxane at room temperature. After 5 minutes, the solid went into solution and the mixture was stirred for 1 hr and 25 mL of ethyl ether was added to precipitate the product. The solids were collected by filtration and were washed with hexane. The resulting hydroscopic and gummy solids were dissolved in 50 mL of methanol and concentrated. After drying under high vacuum, 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt (1.64 g, 97% ) was obtained as a light yellow solid, mp 158-161 °C.
Example 3. Syntheis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
Figure imgf000048_0001
A solution of 4- [[(2, 6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride (1.23 g, 3.05 mmol), 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid (0.50 g, 2.93 mmol), HBTU (1.16 g, 3.05 mmol) and DIPEA (1.33 mL, 7.6 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) was stirred 15 hr at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (250 mL) and was washed with 0.5 N HC1 (2 x 80 mL), sat. sodium bicarbonate (2 x 80 mL) and brine (2 x 80 mL) and was dried (Na2SO4). The solution was filtered and concentrated to a yellow gum which was crystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane to give N-(2-chloro-6- methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (0.75 g), suitable for use in the next step. The mother liquors were concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 1:1 ethyl acetate: hexane to give an additional 0.625 g .
Examples 4 to 12. The compounds shown in below were prepared from 4- [[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride and the appropriate benzoic acid derivatives according to the method described in example 3.
Figure imgf000048_0002
Figure imgf000048_0003
Figure imgf000049_0001
Example 13. Synthesis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine
A solution of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (1.31 g, 2.6 mmol) in ethanol (45 mL) and 1.0 N sodium hydroxide (45 mL, 45 mmol) was stirred over night at room temperature to give a clear solution. The mixture was neutralized with 1 N hydrochloric acid to precipitate 1.28 g of a white solid. The mother liquor was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with sat. brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to give 0.56 g. Recrystallization of the first crop from ethyl acetate afforded N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4- [(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] - L-phenylalanine (0.77 g). Recrystallization of the second crop from ethyl acetate afforded an additional 0.20 g. FAB HRMS: obs. mass 505.0483. Calcd mass, 505.0488 (M+H). Example 14. Synthesis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine sodium salt
A solution of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine (0.15 g) in 1.0 N NaOH (0.3 mL) was applied to a 2 x 20 cm open column of C-18 reversed phase silica gel (40-63 μM, RP Silica Gel60, as supplied by EM Separations, Cat. 10167) eluting with water, then with 40-50% methanol in water to give N-(2-chloro-6- methylbenzoyl)-4- [(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine sodium salt (147 mg) as an amorphous white solid after lyophilization.
Examples 15 —30. The compounds shown below were prepared from the corresponding methyl esters using the method described in example 13.
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000051_0001
1. Yield is the for two steps following the procedure described in examples 3 and 4.
2. Isolated as the sodium salt as described in example 14.
Example 29. Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2- (methylthio)phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester
A solution of 4-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2- (methylthio)phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (0.25 g, 0.48 mmol) and oxone (147 mg, 0.24 mmol) in ethyl acetate (12 mL) and water (6 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr and a second portion of oxone (147 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred over night at which time TLC (20:1 dichloromethane:methanol) suggested the presence of starting material and sulfone in addition to two sulfoxides. The layers were sepatated, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined extracts were washed with sat. brine and were dried (Na2SO4). The residue after concentration was chromatogrpaphed on silica gel eluting with 20:1 dichloromethane :methanol to give 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N- [[2-(methylsulfinyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (218 mg) as a mixture of diastereomers.
Example 30. Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2- (methylsulfinyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine .
Hydrolysis was carried out as described in example 13. Starting with 4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [ [2-(methylsulfinyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine methyl ester (214 mg, 0.41 mmol) and isolation of the product by RP HPLC, eluting with acetonitrile: ater followed by lyophylization gave the more polar diastereomer 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-[[(N-(2- methylsulfinyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine (63.6 mg) as an amorphous solid, HR MS: Obs. mass, 541.0385. Calcd. mass, 541.0368 (M+Na) followed by the less polar diastereomer (74.2 mg), HR MS: Obs. mass, 541.0351. Calcd. mass, 541.0368 (M+Na).
Example 31. Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[(2- phenylmethyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine
a. A solution of 4- [[(2-propenyloxy)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (935 mg, 3.54 mmol), HOAT (658 mg, 5.31 mmol), 2-benzylbenzoic acid (1.13 g, 5.31 mmol) and DCC (1.09 g, 5.31 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred over night at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were washed with water and sat. brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate containing small amounts of dichloromethane and methanol to give 4-[[(2-propenyloxy)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[(2- phenylmethyDphenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine (1.21g, 74%) suitable for use in the next step.
b. Argon was passed through a solution of 4-[[(2- propenyloxy)carbonyl] amino] -N- [ [(2-phenylmethyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine methyl ester (1.21 g, 2.63 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenlphosphine)palladium (61 mg, 0.053 mmol) in 45 mL of dichloromethane for 5 min and tributyltin hydride (800 μL, 2.9 mmol) was added. After 1.5 hr at room temperature, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and was washed with sat. NaHCO3 and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and ether and hexane were added to precipitate 99 mg of a white solid. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was recrstallized from dichloromethane to give 4-amino-N-[[(2-phenylmethyl)phenyl]carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester (594 mg).
c. A mixture of 4-amino-N-[ [(2-phenylmethyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine methyl ester (200 mg, 0.52 mmol), 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (131 mg, 0.62 mmol) and triethylamine (108 μL, 0.78 mmol) in 5 mL of dichloromethane was stirred 6 hr at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (10 mL) and washed with water and sat. brine. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and the residue was chromatographed on silica gel, eluting with 20-60% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 4- [[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [ [(2-phenylmethyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine methyl ester (195 mg) as an off white solid.
d. A solution of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[(2- phenylmethyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (195 mg, 1.4 mmol) and lithium hydroxide (33.5 mg, 1.4 mmol) in THF:methanol:water (6 mL, 3:1:1) was stirred over night at room temperature and was concentrated.
The residue was triturated with 1 N aqueous HC1 for 10 min and the solids were collected by centrifugation, washing with water and ether to give 4-[[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [ [(2-phenylmethyl)phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine (165 mg) as a white powder which was 97% pure by hplc analysis. FAB MS 569 (M+Na)(l Cl), 547 (M+H)(l Cl).
Example 32. Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2-chloro- 4- [ [ [(3-hydroxyphenyl)methyι] amino] carbonyl] phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine
a. In an inert atmosphere, a solution of 3-chloro-4-methoxycarbonylbenzoic acid (1.13 g; 5.27 mmol), 3-hydroxybenzylamine hydrochloride (0.85g; 5.35 mmol) and HBTU (2.08 g; 5.485 mmol) in dimethylformamide (15 mL) was stirred while DIPEA (3.54 mL; 26.33 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, then the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The amber oily residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50 mL) and 0.5 N HC1 (30 mL) and the organic extract was washed in turn with brine (30 mL), saturated NaHCO3 solution (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The aqueous layers were backwashed in turn with ethyl acetate (30 mL). Evaporation of the combined, dried (MgSO4) organic layers afforded 1.7 g of crude product. The material was chromatographed (silica gel; 50 g) and eluted with ethyl acetate- hexane (2: 3) to give the amide as an colorless oil (1.3 g). Crystallization from ether-hexane furnished 1.12 g of 2-chloro-4-[[(3-hydroxyphenyl)amino] carbonyl] benzoic acid methyl ester as a colorless solid. FAB HRMS: (CiβHi4ClN04) Obs. Mass 320.0681 Calcd. Mass 320.0689 (M+H).
b. A solution of 2-chloro-4-[[(3-hydroxyphenyl)amino]carbonyl]benzoic acid methyl ester (900 mg; 2.82 mmol) in an aqueous 0.5 N sodium hydroxide solution (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature under argon. After 2 hr, the solution was acidified with 1 N HC1 (11 mL) and the resulting colorless solid was filtered, washed with water, and dried in vacuo to give 840 mg of 2-chloro- 4- [[(3-hydroxyphenyl)amino] carbonyl] benzoic acid. FAB HRMS: (C15H12CINO4) Obs. Mass 306.0548 Calcd. Mass 306.0533 (M+H)
c. In an argon atmosphere, to a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-[[(3- hydroxyphenyl)amino] carbonyl] benzoic acid (45 mg; 0.1472 mmol), 4-(2,6- dichlorobenzoylamino)-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (60 mg; 0.1488 mmol) and HBTU (59 mg; 0.16 mmol) in dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added
DIPEA (0.102 mL; 0.585 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 17 hr at room temperature, then was concentrated to dryness in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (25 mL) and 0.5 N HC1 (10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water and the aqueous layers were backwashed in turn with dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to give 80 mg of crude material that was crystallized from methanol-ethyl acetate to provide 38 mg of N-[[2- chloro-4- [ [(3-hydroxyphenyl)amino] carbonyl] phenyl] carbonyl] -4- [ [(2 ,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester, mp 230-232 °C. FAB HRMS: (C32H26Cl3N3θfi) Obs. Mass 654.0952 Calcd. Mass 654.0965
(M+H).
d. A solution of N-[[2-chloro-4-[[(3- hydrox3 henyl)amino]carbonyl]phenyl]carbonyl]-4-[[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (35 mg; 0.053 mmol) in methanol (0.35 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (0.35 mL) was treated with an aqueous IN lithium hydroxide solution (0.16 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for 90 minutes. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, then was diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 5 mL). The separated aqueous layer was acidified with 1 N HC1 (0.18 mL) and the resulting colorless solid was filtered off, washed with water, and dried to give 29 mg of N-[[2-chloro-4-[[(3- hydroxyphenyDamino] carbonyl] phenyl] carbonyl] -4- [ [(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine. FAB HRMS: (C3iH24Cl3N3θβ) Obs. Mass 640.0821 Calcd. Mass 640.0809 (M+H).
Example 33. Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2-chloro- 4-[5-[[(3-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-lH-tetrazol-l-yl]phenyl]carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine
a. A stirred suspension of 3-hydroxyphenylacetic acid (10.2 g; 67 mmol) in acetic anhydride (100 mL; 1.06 mol) under anhydrous conditions was treated with pyridine (0.5 mL). In the mildly exothermic reaction, the solids dissolved within several minutes and the mixture was maintained at 40 °C for five hours. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo to about half volume, then water (30 g) in the form of ice chips was added at such a rate that the temperature remained < 45 °C. When the exotherm had subsided, a second portion of water (200 mL) was added slowly and the mixture was stirred for another 30 minutes. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water and dried to constant weight in vacuo over P2O5 to give 3-acetoxyphenylacetic acid (11.7 g) which was used without further purification.
In an inert atmosphere, a solution of the above 3-acetoxyphenylacetic acid (1.942 g; 10 mmol), diphenylphosphoryl azide (2.8 g; 10.17 mmol) and DIPEA (1.92 mL; 11 mmol) in benzene (25 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, then the reaction temperature was slowly raised to 70 °C. Evolution of gas began to be evident as the reaction temperature reached approximately 55 °C and became much more vigorous as the reaction temperature approached 70 °C. Within 30 minutes at that temperature gas evolution had stopped and the reaction solution containing the formed 3-acetoxybenzylisocyanate was cooled to 40 °C. Another portion of DIPEA (3.84 mL; 22 mmol) was added, followed by 4-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride salt (2.95 g; 13.3 mmol) and the brownish purple solution was stirred and heated at reflux under argon overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with benzene (50 mL) and washed in turn with IN HC1 (50 mL) and dilute brine. The aqueous layers were re-extracted with benzene, then the combined, dried
(MgSO4) organic extracts were evaporated and the crude residue was purified by HPLC (silica gel; ethyl acetate-hexane-2:3). Evaporation of the appropriate fractions provided 3.24 g of the solid urea which was then crystallized from dichloromethane-ethyl acetate to give 4-[3-(3-acetoxybenzyl)ureido]-2- chlorobenzoic acid methyl ester (2.71 g) as a colorless solid, mp 113-114 °C. FAB HRMS: (C18H17CIN2O5) Obs. Mass 377.0898 Calcd. Mass 377.0905 (M+H).
b. In a dry argon atmosphere, a solution of triphenylphosphine (1.684 g; 6.42 mmol), diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.13 g; 6.42 mmol) and 4-[3-(3- acetoxybenzyl)ureido]-2-chlorobenzoic acid methyl ester (1.21 g; 3.21 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) was treated with trimethylsilyl azide (0.86 mL; 6.48 mmol) and was stirred at room temperature for 24 hr. Examination of the reaction mixture by TLC suggested the presence of considerable starting material, so additional amounts of triphenylphosphine (0.842 g; 3.21 mmol), diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.565 g; 3.21 mmol) and trimethylsilyl azide (0.43 mL; 3.21 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for an additional 40 hr. After the solvents were removed under reduced pressure, the residue was taken up in dichloromethane (100 mL) and washed with water (2 x 50 mL). The aqueous extracts were backwashed in turn with dichloromethane (50 mL) and the combined, dried (MgSO4) extracts were evaporated in vacuo. From a previous experiment it had been established that the reaction yielded a complex, difficultly separable, mixture of several products, some deacetylated and/or de-esterified. Accordingly, in this experiment, the residue was dissolved in a mixture of methanol ( 30 mL) and IN lithium hydroxide (15 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr to complete the hydrolyses of both the ester and phenolic acetate groups. Most of the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure then the basic solution was diluted with water (20 mL) and washed with dichloromethane (2 x 30 mL). The aqueous layer was then acidified with IN HC1 (16 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The dried (MgSO4) ethyl acetate extracts were evaporated and the residual solid (810 mg), approximately a 4:1 mixture of the desired aminotetrazole and its positional isomer, was crystallized from ether to furnish 560 mg of 2-chloro-4-[5-[(3- hydroxyphenyl)amino]tetrazol-l-yl]benzoic acid as a colorless solid. FAB HRMS: (C15H12CIN5O3) Obs. Mass 345.0624 Calcd. Mass 345.0629 (M+H).
c. In an argon atmosphere, DIPEA (0.102 mL; 0.585 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-[5-[[(3-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-lH-tetrazol- l-yl]benzoic acid (51 mg; 0.15 mmol), 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl]carbonyl]amino]- L-phenylalanine methyl ester (60 mg; 0.15 mmol) and HBTU (59 mg; 0.1555 mmol) in dimethylformamide (3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 17 hr at room temperature, then was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residual oil was taken up in dichloromethane (25 mL) and washed in turn with 0.5 N HC1 (10 mL) and water (10 mL). The aqueous layers were backwashed in turn with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to give 85 mg of crude product. This material was crystallized from dichloromethane-diethyl ether to furnish 79 mg of 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2-chloro-4-[5-[[(3- hydroxyphenyl)methyl] amino] - lH-tetrazol- 1 -yl] phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine methyl ester as a colorless solid, mp 155-158 °C. FAB HRMS: (C32H26CI3N7O5) Obs. Mass 694.1158 Calcd. Mass 694.1139 (M+H).
d. An aqueous IN lithium hydroxide solution (0.33 mL) was added to a solution of 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [ [2-chloro-4- [5- [ [(3- hydroxyphenyl)methyl] amino] -lH-tetrazol- 1-yl] phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine methyl ester (75 mg; 0.108 mmol) in methanol (0.66 mL) and THF (0.66 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 90 min. After the solvents were stripped under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in water (20 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 5 mL). The aqueous layer was filtered through Celite, then acidified with 1 N HC1 (0.35 mL). The resulting colorless solid was filtered off, washed with water, and dried in vacuo to give 57 mg of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2- chloro-4-[5-[[(3-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-lH-tetrazol-l- yl] phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine. FAB HRMS: (C31H24CI3N7O5) Obs.
Mass 680.0981 Calcd. Mass 680.0983 (M+H).
Example 34. Synthesis of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2-chloro- 4- [ [ [(3-hydroxyphenyl)methyl] amino] sulfonyl] phenyl] carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine.
a. At room temperature, a stirred solution of 4-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid methyl ester hydrochloride (1.11 g; 5 mmol) in cone. HC1 (10 mL) was treated in one portion with NaNO2 (0.42 g; 6.09 mmol) in water (3 mL). After 15 minutes, the resulting suspension was added over 2 minutes to a rapidly stirred, saturated solution of SO2 in acetic acid (15 mL) containing CuCl2
(0.15g) in water (1 mL). There was an immediate vigorous evolution of gas that subsided after 10 minutes, whereupon the reaction mixture was diluted with ice water (200 mL). The resulting purplish solid was filtered off, washed with water, then was dissolved in dichloromethane. The dried (Na2SO4) solution was evaporated in vacuo and the residual material was chromatographed over silica gel (50 g). The appropriate fractions, eluted with 30-40% diethyl ether in hexane, were concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to yield l.lg of 3-chloro-4-methoxycarbonybenzenesulfonyl chloride as a colorless solid.
The above 3-chloro-4-methoxycarbonybenzenesulfonyl chloride (0.14g; 0.52 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) was added in one portion to a stirred solution of 3-acetoxybenzylamine hydrochloride (0.105g; 0.52 mmol) and triethylamine (0.2 mL; 1.42 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.2 mL). The reaction was allowed to proceed for 90 minutes at ambient temperature, then was diluted with dichloromethane (20 mL) and washed sequentially with 0.5 N HC1 (10 mL), brine (10 mL), saturated NaHCO3 solution (10 mL) and brine
(10 mL). The aqueous layers were backwashed in turn with dichloromethane (10 mL). The combined, dried (Na2SO4) organic layers were concentrated to afford 0.2 g of an oil that was chromatographed (silica gel; 15 g). The product was eluted from the column with diethyl ether-hexane (4:1) and diethyl ether to give, after evaporation of the appropriate fractions, 165 mg of 4-[(3- acetoxybenzylamino)sulfonyl]-2-chlorobenzoic acid methyl ester as a colorless solid. FAB HRMS: (CiγHiβClNOβS) Obs. Mass 398.0469 Calcd. Mass
398.0465 (M+H).
b. A stirred solution of 4-[(3-acetoxybenzylamino)sulfonyl]-2-chlorobenzoic acid methyl ester (163 mg; 0.41 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was treated at room temperature with an aqueous 1 N lithium hydroxide solution (1.65 mL). After 2 hr the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residual material was dissolved in water ( 15 mL) and the solution filtered through Celite. The filtrate was acidified with 1 N HC1 (2 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). After the extracts were backwashed in turn with brine, they were combined, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated in vacuo to furnish 140 mg of 2-chloro-4-[(3- hydroxybenzylamino)sulfonyl]benzoic acid. A small sample of the product was crystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane to give a colorless solid, mp 167-169 °C. FAB LRMS: (C14H12CINO5S) Obs. Mass 342 Calcd. Mass 342 (M+H)
c. A solution of 2-chloro-4-[(3-hydroxybenzylamino)sulfonyl]benzoic acid (50 mg; 0.146 mmol), 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (60 mg; 0.1486 mmol), HBTU (5 mg; 0.15 mmol) and DIPEA (0.102 mL; 0.585 mmol) in dimethylformamide (3 mL) was stirred for 17 hr under argon at room temperature, then was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane (25 mL) and 0.5 N HC1 (25 mL). The separated aqueous phase was re-extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL), then the organic extracts were washed in turn with water (2 x 25 mL). The combined dichloromethane layers were dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to give 90 mg of the crude product as a dark oil. Chromatography of the oil over silica gel (9 g; 4:1 ethyl acetate-hexane) yielded 55 mg of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2-chloro-4-[[[(3- hydroxyphenyl)methyl] amino] sulfonyl] phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester, as a colorless solid. FAB HRMS: (C31H26CI3N3O7S) Obs. Mass
690.0639 Calcd. Mass 690.0635 (M+H).
d. An aqueous IN lithium hydroxide solution (0.25 mL) was added to a solution of 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [ [2-chloro-4- [ [[(3- hydroxyphenyl)methyl] amino] sulfonyl] phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (51 mg; 0.0738 mmol) in methanol (0.5 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (0.35 mL). After the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes, the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product in the minimum amount of methanol was then applied to a column of silica gel (5 g) made up in a mixture of chloroform, methanol, acetic acid and water (15:3:1:0.6). The column was eluted with the same solvent mixture and the appropriate fractions were combined and evaporated. The residue was lyophilized from deionized water to give 36 mg of 4- [[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -N- [ [2-chloro-4- [ [ [(3- hydroxyphenyl)methyl] amino] sulfonyl] phenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine as an off white solid. FAB HRMS: (C30H24CI3N3O7S) Obs. Mass 676.0482
Calcd. Mass 676.0479 (M+H).
Example 35. Coupling of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-4-[[(2- propenyloxy)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine to Wang resin.
Figure imgf000059_0001
A 250 mL cylindrical glass vessel equipped with a coarse glass frit was charged with 10 g of Wang resin, (loading factor: 1.15 mmol/g, 300 mesh). The resin was washed with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL), methanol (2 x 100 mL) and dimethylformamide (2 x 100 mL). To the swollen resin was added N-[(9H- fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl] -4- [ [(2-propenyloxy)carbonyl] amino] -L- phenylalanine (11.2 g, 23 mmol) and 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (8.06 mL, 57.5 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidone (70 mL) and the mixture was agitated for 30 minutes. Pyridine (6.45 mL, 80.5 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was agitated for 24 hours. The substitution was found at 0.75 mmol of N- [(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl] -4- [ [(2-propenyloxy)carbonyl] amino] - L-phenylalanine per gram of resin by quantitative UV measurement of the Fmoc present on the resin.
Example 36. Synthesis of 4-amino-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine on Wang resin.
A 500 mL cylindrical glass vessel equipped with a coarse glass frit was charged with 10 g of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-4-[[(2- propenyloxy)carbonyι] amino] -L-phenylalanine substituted Wang resin (10 g) obtained from Example 35 and a solution prepared from Pd(Ph3P)2Cl2 (1.6 g,
2.3 mmol) and acetic acid (5 mL, 83 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (150 mL). The resulting mixture was agitated for 30 minutes followed by the addition of tri-n-butyl tin hydride (20 mL, 74.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was agitated for 1 hour. To the mixture was added tri-n-butyl tin hydride (10 mL, 37 mmol). Agitation was continued for 1 hour and the mixture was filtered. To the resulting resin was added a solution prepared from Pd(Ph3P)2Cl2 (1.6 g, 2.3 mmol) and acetic acid (5 mL, 83 mmol) in dried dichloromethane (150 mL). The mixture was agitated for 30 minutes followed by the addition of tri- n-butyl tin hydride (20 mL, 74.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was agitated 1 hour. To the mixture was added additional tri-n-butyl tin hydride (10 mL, 37.15 mmol). Agitation continued for 1 hour. After the second deprotection cycle, the mixture was washed with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL), methanol (2 x 100 mL) and dimethylformamide (2 x 100 mL) to give 4-amino-N-[(9H- fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin suitable for use in subsequent steps.
Example 37. Synthesis of 4- [[(4-quinolinyl)carbonyι] amino] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin A 250 mL cylindrical glass vessel equipped with a coarse glass frit was charged with 4-amino-N- [(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin (10 g) obtained in Example 36 and a solution prepared from quinoline-4-carboxylic acid (5.2 g, 30 mmol), BOP (13.75 g, 30 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (6.8 mL) in 70 mL of NMP. The slurry was agitated for 4 hours. The mixture was filtered and washed with dichloromethane (2 xlOO mL), methanol (2 xlOO mL) and dimethylformamide (2 x 100 mL). To the washed resin was added a solution of 25% piperidine in NMP (80 mL), the mixture was agitated at room temperature for 20 minutes and filtered. The process was repeated and the resulting slurry was filtered and washed with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL), methanol (2 x 100 mL) and dimethylformamide (2 x 100 mL). Filtration afforded 4-[[(4-quinolinyl)carbonyl]amino]-L- phenylalanine on Wang resin suitable for use in the next step.
Example 38. Synthesis of N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(4- quinolinyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine.
4- [[(4-Quinolinyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin (300 mg, 0.20 mmol) was washed with dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL), methanol (2 x 10 mL) and dimethylformamide (2 x 10 mL). To the resin was added a solution prepared from 2,6-dimethylbenzoic acid (150 mg, 1.0 mmol), BOP (450 mg, 1.02 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.23 mL) in 4 mL of N- methylpyrrolidone at room temperature. The resulting mixture was agitated for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was then filtered and washed with dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL), methanol (2 x 10 mL) and dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL). Cleavage was effected by treatment with 90% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in dichloromethane for 5 minutes. The mixture was filtered and the TFA was removed under high vaccum. Addition of ether (25 mL) effected precipitation of N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(4- quinolinyl)carbonyl)amino]-L-phenylalanine (0.16 g).
Examples 39 - 49. Using the procedure described in Example 38, the compounds shown below were prepared starting from 4-[[(4- quinolinyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine and the appropriate benzoic acid derivates.
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000062_0002
Examples 50 to 61. Using the method described in examples 37 to 38, the following compounds were prepared from 4-amino-N-[(9H-fluoren-9- ylmethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin and the appropriate carboxylic acids:
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Examples 62. Synthesis of N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,4,6- trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino]]-L-phenylalanine.
Wang resin loaded with 4-amino-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine (3.0 g, 2.28 mmol) in pyridine (15 mL) was cooled to 0 °C and 2,4,6-benzenesulfonyl chloride (2.49 g, 11.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was agitated over night at room temperature. The mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with methanol and dichloromethane. The coupling procedure was repeated. To the washed resin was added a solution of 25% piperidine in N-methylpyrrolidone (10 mL), the mixture was agitated at room temperature for 20 minutes and filtered. The process was repeated and the resulting slurry was filtered and washed with dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL), methanol (2 x 10 mL) and dimethylformamide (2 x 10 mL). Filtration afforded 4-[[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine on Wang resin suitable for use in the next step.
A sample of the above resin (0.3 g, 0.28 mmol) was suspended in N- methylpyrrolidinone (3 mL) and treated with 2,6-dimethylbenzoic acid (171 mg, 1.14 mmol), BOP (0.50 g, 1.14 mmol) and DIPEA (0.26 mL, 1.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr, was filtered, and washed with dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL), methanol (2 x 10 mL) and dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL). Cleavage was effected with 90% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in dichloromethane for 5 minutes. The mixture was filtered and the TFA was removed under high vaccum. Addition of ether (25 mL) effected precipitation of N- [(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl] -4- [[(2,4,6- trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl] amino]] -L-phenylalanine.
Example 63. N-(2-Bromobenzoyl)-4-[[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino]- L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- [[(2,4,6- trimethylphenyl) sulfonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin and 2- bromobenzoic acid using the general method described in example 62..
Example 64. Synthesis of 4-[[(4-cyano-4-phenyl-l-piperidinyl)carbonyl]amino]- N-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine.
4-Amino-N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyι] -L-phenylalanine on Wang resin (3.0 g, 2.04 mmol) was placed in a vessel fitted with a glass frit and was suspended in dichloromethane (50 mL) and DIPEA (0.98 mL, 5.6 mmol). The mixture was shaken for 15 min and triphosgene (1.1 g, 3.7 mmol) was added in one portion. The mixture was agitated for 2 hr at room temperature. The mixture was then filtered and washed with dichloromethane (3 x 25 mL). The resin was suspended in dichloromethane (50 mL) and DIPEA (1.0 mL, 5.6 mmol) and 4-cyano-4-phenylpiperidine hydrochloride (2.73 g, 12.2 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was agitated for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was then filtered and washed with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL), methanol (2 x 50 mL), dimethylformamide (2 x 50 mL) and methanol (2 x 10 mL). Cleavage of the Fmoc group was effected by treatment with 25% piperidine in N- methylpyrrolidinone (2 x 15 min).
The above resin (0.3 g, 0.20 mmol), 2,6-dimethylbenzoic acid (0.15 g, 1 mmol) was suspended in N-methylpyrrolidinone (3 mL) and treated with BOP-C1 (0.26 g, 1.0 mmol) and DIPEA (0.23 mL, 1.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr and was filtered. The reaction mixture was then filtered and washed with dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL), methanol (2 x 10 mL) and dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL). Cleavage was effected with 90% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in dichloromethane for 3 minutes. The mixture was filtered and the TFA was removed under high vaccum. Addition of ether (25 mL) effected precipitation of 4-[[(4-cyano-4-phenyl-l- piperidinyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine.
Examples 65 - 66. Using the procedure described in Example 64, the following compounds were prepared:
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000066_0003
Example 67. Synthesis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-nitro-L-phenyl alanine methyl ester
Figure imgf000066_0002
To a solution of 4-nitro-L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride (1.527 g, 5.86 mmol), 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid (1.0 g, 5.86 mmol) and DIPEA (3.2 mL, 2.3 g, 18 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added HBTU (2.22g, 5.86 mmol) at room temperature. After 4 hr at room temperature, the reaction mixture was diltuted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water (20 mL), IN HC1, NaHCO3 and brine (2 x 30 mL for each solvent) and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate: hexane (1:2), to give
N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-nitro-L-phenyl alanine methyl ester (1.71 g, 4.50 mmol, 77.6 %). mp, 123-4 °C. Analysis (C18H17CIN2O5) calcd.: C, 57.38.
H, 4.55. N, 7.43. Found: C, 57.11. H, 4.58. N, 7.27.
Example 68. Synthesis of 4-amino-N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester N- [(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -4-nitro-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (1.51g, 4.0 mmol) and SnCl2#H2θ (4.5g, 20 mmol) were suspended in 30 mL of ethanol. The suspension was stirred at a bath temperature of 97 °C for 1 hr. After it was cooled to room temperature, the solvent was evaporated and the residue was disolved in 15 mL of water. The aqueous solution was then made alkaline by addition of solid K2CO3 to pH>10 and was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were dried over K2CO3 and were concentrated to give 4-amino-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-L- phenylalanine methyl ester as a light yellow foam (1.37 g).
Example 69. Synthesis of (S)-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[[[[l-(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -2-piperidinyl] carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester
A solution of 4-amino-N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (347 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL) was treated with (S)- piperidine- 1,2-dicarboxylic acid l-(l,l-dimethy)lethyl ester (347 mg, 1.0 mmol), HBTU (380mg, 1.0 mmol) and DIPEA (0.54 mL, 3.0 mmol) at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted to 6 mL with water and the white precipitate was collected by filtration and was washed with water (2 2 mL). After drying under vacuum, the light yellow powder was recrystillized from ethyl acetate-hexane to give (S)-N-(2-chloro-6- methylbenzoyl)-4- [ [ [ [ l-( 1 , 1 -dimethylethoxy )carbonyl] -2- piperidinyl] carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (507 mg, 0.82 mmol, 82%) as a white solid, mp: 87-91°C. HRMS: calcd. 558.2371. Obs. 558.2359 (M+H).
Example 70. Synthesis of (S)-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4- [[(2- piperidinyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride
A solution of (S)-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[[[[l-(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -2-piperidinyl] carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (475 mg, 0.85 mmol) in 2 mL of dicloromethane was treated with 4N HCl in dioxane (2 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 hr and the solvent was then removed under vacuum. The residue was then treated with 50 mL of ether and the light yellow precipitate was collected and was dried under vaccum to give (S)-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[[(2- piperidinyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride (440 mg, 0.89 mmol, >100%) as a light yellow powder. ES MS: 458 (100%) (M+H). NMR (DMSO-d6, d, ppm): 10.26 (s, 1H), 9.30 (bd, 1 H), 9.00 (d, 1H, J = 9 Hz), 8.80 (bt, 1H), 7.65 ( d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.24 (m, 5H), 4.70 (m, 1H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.70 (m, 5H).
Example 71. Synthesis of N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(8aS)- hexahydro-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-l-oxoimidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-L- phenylalanine,
(S)-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[[(2-piperidinyl)carbonyl]amino]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride (100 mg, 0.2 mmol), DIPEA (0.10 mL, 0.54 mmol) and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (30 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added to a suspension of activated 3A molecular sieves (100 mg) in THF (1.5 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred room temperature overnight and at 60 °C for 3 hr. After it was cooled to room temperature, the mixture was transfered onto a silica gel column and eluted with ethyl acetate:hexane (2:1) to give N-[(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(8aS)-hexahydro-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-l- oxoimidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (17.5 mg, 0.031 mmol) as a foam. The methyl ester (17.5 mg, 0.031 mmol) was hydrolyzed with IN NaOH (0.1 mL, 0.1 mmol) in 0.5 mL of ethanol at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was acidified to pH< 2 with TFA and was purified on RP-HPLC to give N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(8aS)- hexahydro-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-l-oxoimidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-L- phenylalanine (8.3 mg, 0.015 mmol). in 7.5% yield. HRMS: calcd, 548.1952. Obs. 548.1938 (M+H).
Example 72 - 74. Using the procedure described in example 71, the compounds shown below were prepared.
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000068_0002
Figure imgf000069_0001
Example 75. Synthesis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[[(2R)-2-amino-4- methyl-l-oxopentyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester
A solution of 4-amino-N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (561 mg, 1.61 mmol), prepared using procedure described in Example 68, in DMF (4.5 mL) was treated with N-Boc-D-leucine (393.2 mg, 1.7 mmol), HBTU (644.3 mg, 1.7 mmol) and DIPEA (0.62 mL, 3.50 mmol) at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted to 30 mL with water and the white precipitate was collected by filtration and was washed with water (2 x 2 mL). After drying under vacuum, the light yellow powder was recrystillized from ethyl acetate-hexane to give N-(2-chloro-6- methylbenzoyl)-4-[[(2R)-2-[(l,ldimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino-4-methyl-l- oxopentyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (920 mg) as a white solid. MS 560 (M+H,l Cl) . This solid was dissolved in 4 N HCl in dioxane (5 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature overnight . After dilution with ether, the white suspension was allowed to stand at -5 °C for 1 hr. The white solid was collected by filtration and was dried under vacuum for 5 hr. The above solid was then dissolved in 20 mL of water and the solution was treated with sodium bicarbonate followed by K2CO3 to PH >9. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 25 mL) and was dried over sodiun sulfate. After removal of solvent, the residue was then dried under vacuum at 50 °C overnight to give white solid (520 mg, 1.1 mmol) in 70 % overall yield. HRMS: Obs. 460.1997, Calc. 460.2003 (M+H). Example 76-77. 4-[(2S,4R)-3-acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(2-methylpropyl)-5-oxo- imidazolidin-l-yl]-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine and 4- [(2R,4R)-3-acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(2-methylpropyl)-5-oxo-imidazolidin-l-yl]-N-(2- chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine.
(S)-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[((2R)-2-amino-4-methyl-l- oxopentyl)amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (100 mg, 0.2 mmol) was dissolved in mixture of THF/CH(OMe)3 (1/1, 1.0 mL). To the solution was then added benzaldehyde (21.2 mg, 0.2 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature. After 24 hr, the reaction mixture was heated to 95 °C, acetic anhydride ( 0.1 mL, 1.0 mmol) was introduced via a syringe and the solution was stirred at 110 °C for 3 hr. After evaporation of solvent, the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and was washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. After removal of the solvent, the residue was dissolved in 3 mL of mixed solvent ( THF/ethanol/H2O = 2/2/1) and was treated with IN sodium hydroxide (0.2 mL, 0.2 mmol). After 4 hr at room temperature, the reaction was quenched with 0.5 mL of acetic acid and the crude product was purified on RP-HPLC (C18, 5-95-35-214) to give the trans isomer, 4-[(2S,4R)-3-acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(2-methylpropyl)-5-oxoimidazolidin-l- yl]-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine (27 mg, 46 μmol), HRMS (M+H): obs. 576.2251, calc. 576.2265. The corresponding cis-isomer, 4-
[(2R,4R)-3-acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(2-methylpropyl)-5-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl]-N-(2- chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine (50.1mg, 86 μmol) HRMS (M+H). calc. 576.2265, obs.576.2250.
Example 78. Synthesis of N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(S)- hexahydro-l,3-dioxoimidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)]-L-phenylalanine.
To a solution of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[[(S)-(2- piperidinyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride (50 mg, 0.1 mmol) and DIPEA (0.020 mL, 0.1 mmol) in 0.2 mL of dichloromethane was added carbonyldiimidazole (16.2 mg, 0.1 mmol) at room temperature. The solution was then stirred at this temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate to 5 mL and the organic layer was washed with IN HCl, sat. NaHCO3 and brine (2 x 1 mL for each solvent) and was dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was then removed under vacuum to give a light yellow solid (53.4 mg, 0.11 mmol). The above solid was then disolved in ethanol (1 mL) and was stirred with IN NaOH (0.1 mL, 0.1 mmol) at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was acidified to pH < 2 with TFA and was purified on RP-HPLC to give N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]- 4-[(S)-hexahydro-l,3-dioxoimidazo[l,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)]-L-phenylalanine (27.0 mg, 0.057mmol) in 57% overall yield. HRMS: obs. 470.1465. calcd. 470.1483
(M+H).
Examples 79-84. Using procedures described in Examples 69, 70 and 78, the following compounds were prepared from 4-amino-N-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and the appropriate amino acid derivatives:
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000071_0002
Figure imgf000072_0001
Example 85. Synthesis of 4-nitro-N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyι]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester
A solution of 4-nitrophenylalanine methyl ester (5.21 g, 20 mmol) in 20 mL of dichloromethane and of DIPEA (15 mL) was treated with 2,6-dimethylbenzoyl chloride. After 4 hr, the mixture was concentrated, the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed with 1 N HCl (50 mL), sat. NaHCO3 (50 mL) and sat. brine (30 mL), and was dried (MgSO4). Filtration and concentration gave 8.0 g of a solid which was purified by HPLC (Waters Prep 500 -dual silica gel cartridges; 1:1 ethyl acetate-hexane) to give 4-nitro-N-[(2,6- dimethylphenyl)carbonyι]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (5.26 g, 74 %).
Example 86. 4-Amino-N- [(2, 6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared using the procedure described in example 68; from 4-nitro-N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (5.2 g, 14.6 mmol) there was obtained 4-amino-N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester (4.6 g, 97 %) as a light yellow glass.
Example 87. Synthesis of 4-[[(4-carboxy-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2,6- dimethylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine and 4-[[(3-carboxy-4- pyridinyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [(2 ,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyι] -L-phenylalanine
A solution of 4-amino-N- [(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyι] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (530 mg, 1.162 mmol) and 3,4-pyridinedicarboxylic acid anhydride in dichloromethane (30 mL) was allowed to stir over night and the precipitate was collected. The solids were dissolved in THF (100 mL), filtered and concentrated to give 1.1 g of a mixture of isomeric carboxylic acids. This material was dissolved in ethanol (50 mL) and treated with 1 N NaOH (15 mL, 15 mmol) and stirred for 2.5 hr. The mixture was acidified with excess acetic acid and was purified in 3 batches on the Rainin RP-HPLC to give 0.60 g of a white solid as a mixture of isomeric dicarboxylic acids.
Example 88. Synthesis of 4-(2,3-dihydro-l,3-dioxo-lH-p3nrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-2- yl)-N-(2,6-dimethylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine. A solution of the mixture of acids from example 87 (272 mg, 0.59 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was treated with carbonyl diimidazole (385 mg, 2.4 mmol) and was allowed to stir over night. The mixture was filtered and purified directly by HPLC on the Rainin instument to afford, after lyophization of the product fraction, 4-(2,3-dihydro-l,3-dioxo-lH-pyrrolo [3 ,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)-N-(2,6- dimethylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine (108 mg, 41 %), FAB HRMS: obs., 444.1548. Calcd., 444.1559 (M+H).
Example 89. Synthesis of N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(R,S)- 2,3,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-l,3-dioxo-lH-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-2-yl]-L- phenylalanine.
A solution of 4-(2,3-dihydro-l,3-dioxo-lH-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)-N-(2,6- dimethylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine (108 mg, 0.24 mmol) in ethanokTHF (25 mL, 1:1) was hydrogenated over 10 % Pd/C (20 mg) for 4 hr. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by RP-HPLC on a Rainin HPLC. The first product to elute was lyophilized to give N-[(2,6-dimethylphenyl)carbonyl]-4- [(R,S)-2,3,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-l,3-dioxo-lH-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-2-yl]-L- phenylalanine (29 mg, 27 %), FAB HRMS: obs., 448.1862. Calcd., 448.1873 (M+H). The second product to elute was lyophilized to give recovered starting material (47 mg, 43 %).
Examples 90 -96. The compounds shown below were prepared using the methods described in example 13 by hydrolysis of 4- [[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N-aroyl- L-phenylalanine methyl ester derivatives.
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000073_0002
90 Example 174 1.2 23 513.1348 513.1363
91 Example 175 0.20 9.3 548.9983 548.9969
92 Example 176 0.3 10 499.1191 499.1193
93 Example 162 1.6 49 533.0438 533.0460
94 Example 167 0.25 9.5 569.0107 569.0109
95 Example 172 0.46 33 529.0100 529.0097
Figure imgf000074_0001
Example 96. N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-[(R)-2,5-dioxo-3-methyl-4-(l- methylethyl)-l-imidazolininyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4-amino-N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-D-valine using the procedure described in examples 69, 70 and 78.
Example 97-102. Using procedures described in the Examples 75, 76 and 77 the following compounds were prepared from 4-amino-N-(2-chloro-6- methylbenzoyl)-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and the appropriate Boc- protected amino acids.
Figure imgf000074_0002
Figure imgf000075_0001
Example 103. Preparation of 2-bromo-6-methylbenzoic acid.
Figure imgf000076_0001
C8H9N02 C8H7Br02
Mol. Wt.: 151.16 Mol. Wt.: 215.04
Cuprous bromide was prepared by heating a deep purple solution of CuSO .5H2O (33 mmol, 8.25 g) and NaBr (66 mmol, 6.75 g) in HBr (33 mL, 48%) and adding Cu powder (66 mmol, 4.2 g) in portions until the purple solution became a colorless solution. This solution was then added in portions to a hot solution (c .90°C) of 2-amino-6-methylbenzoic acid (33 mmol, 5 g) in H2O (80 mL) and HBr (11.5 mL). This was followed by the dropwise addition of a solution of NaNO2 (99 mmol, 6.85 g) in H2O (20 mL) to this stirred heated solution over a period of 25 min. The dark-brownish mixture was heated at cα.90 °C for 1 hr and then was heated at reflux for another 30 min before it was cooled to room temperature and stirred for 2 hr. Then, the mixture was poured into ice (-500 g), 5% NaOH solution was added until pH 14 was reached and the resulting dark suspension was filtered through celite. The yellow filtrate was acidified with cone. HCl to pH 1. Extractive work-up (Et2θ, 3 x 150 mL) gave a dark residue which was dissolved in Et2O (100 mL), charcoal was added and the resulting solution was heated to reflux. Filtration and concentration gave a material which was recrystalized from Et2θ/petrolium ether in hexane (100 mL) to afford the 2-bromo-6- methylbenzoic acid (3.5 g, 49%, HR MS: Obs. mass, 213.9633. Calcd. mass, 213.9629, M+) as a crystalline light pink solid; mp 104-106 °C.
Example 104. Preparation of 2-ethyl-6-methylbenzoic acid.
Figure imgf000076_0002
Mol. Wt.: 246.09 Mol. Wt.: 164.20
A 250 mL pressure bottle was charged with 2-ethyl-6-methyliodobenzene (30.07 mmol, 7.4 g), Pd(OAc)2 (1.43 mmol, 334 mg) and dppp (1.43 mmol, 620 mg). The flask was closed with a septum and evacuated three times with argon. Then, acetonitrile (96 mL), triethylamine (189 mmol, 19.0 g, 26.25 mL) and water (19.1 mL) were added successively by the aid of syringe. Then, the rubber septum was replaced with teflon lined cap connected to a carbon monoxide source. The flask was now pressurized with carbon monoxide (40 psi) and the excess pressure was released. This process was repeated three times and finally the mixture was stirred for 5 min under 40 psi carbon monoxide pressure. The flask was then disconnected from the carbon monoxide cylinder and immersed in a preheated oil bath (83-85 °C). The reaction mixture turned black in 1 hr and was stirred for another 14 hr at this temperature. Then, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the pressure was released. The resulting mixture was diluted with ether (200 mL) and l.ON NaOH (20 mL). The formed acid was extracted into water (2 x 100 mL). The combined water extracts were neutralized with l.ON HCl and the acid was extracted into dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL). The combined dichloromethane extracts were washed with brine solution and dried over MgSO4. Filtration of the drying agent and removal of solvent under vacuum gave 3.58 g (72.5%) of a viscous brown oil which slowly solidfied overnight. HR MS: Obs. mass, 164.0833. Calcd. mass, 164.0837 (M+).
Example 105. Preparation of 2-Chloro-6-acetylbenzoic acid.
a). Preparation of l-acetyl-3-chloro-2-[[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy]benzene.
To a solution of l-acetyl-6-chlorophenol (2.9 mmol, 0.5 g) in dichloromethane (33 mL) was added 4-(N,N-dimethylamino)pyridine (6.54 mmol, 0.8 g) at -70 °C followed by triflic anhydride (4.33 mmol, 1.22 g, 0.73 mL) at -70 °C. After addition, the suspension was stirred for 30 min at this temperature and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for another 3hr, at which time TLC of the reaction mixture indicated the absence of starting material. The mixture was diluted with H2O (50 mL) and the two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The combined dichloromethane extracts were washed with brine solution and were dried over MgSO . Filtration of the drying agent and removal of solvent under vacuum gave an yellow oil which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 0.76 g (86%) of a colorless oil. HR MS: Obs. mass, 301.9617. Calcd. mass, 301.9627 (M+).
b). Preparation of l-acetyl-3-chlorobenzoic acid.
A 100 mL pressure bottle was charged with l-acetyl-3-chloro-2- [[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy]benzene (2.41 mmol, 0.73 g), Pd(OAc)2 (0.2 mmol, 47 mg) and dppp (0.2 mmol, 87 mg). Then, the flask was closed with a septum and evacuated three times with argon. Then, acetonitrile (96 mL), triethylamine (188.7 mmol, 19.0 g, 26.25 mL) and water (19.1 mL) were added successively by the aid of syringe. Then, the rubber septum was replaced with teflon lined cap connected to a carbon monoxide source. The flask was now pressurized with carbon monoxide (40 psi) and the excess pressure was released. This process was repeated three times and finally the mixture was stirred for 5 min under 40 psi carbon monoxide pressure. The flask was then disconnected from the carbon monoxide cylinder and immersed in a preheated oil bath (83-85 °C) and stirred for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the pressure was released and the mixture was diluted with ether (200 mL) and l.ON NaOH (20 mL). The acid was extracted into water (2 x 100 mL). The combined water extracts were neutralized with l.ON HCl and again the acid was extracted into dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL). The combined dichloromethane extracts were washed with brine solution and dried over MgSO . Filtration of the drying agent and removal of solvent under vacuum gave a crude residue which was recrystallized from dichloromethane (-10 mL) and hexane (-8 mL) and storage in the refrigerator overnight. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under high vacuum to afford 330 mg (69%) of a colorless solid: mp 128-129 °C. HR MS: Obs. mass, 198.0090. Calcd. mass, 198.0084 (M+).
Example 106. Preparation of 2-ϊso-propyl-6-methylbenzoic acid.
a). Preparation of 2-(l-methylethyl)-6-methyliodobenzene
To a suspension of 2-(l-methylethyl)-6-methylaniline (15.57 mmol, 14.9 g), in cone. HCl (50 mL) and 30 g of ice, was added dropwise a solution of NaNO2 (110 mmol, 8 g) in H2O (35 mL) at -5 °C to 5 °C for 30 min. After addition, the red colored solution was stirred for another 30 min. Then, a solution of KI (200 mmol, 33.2 g) in H2O (50 mL) was added dropwise over 20 min at 0-5 °C. After the addition, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature during which time, an exothermic reaction with gas evolution occurred. The resulting red colored solution was stirred for 18 h. Then, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined extracts were washed with sodium thiosulfate solution ( 200 mL), brine solution and dried over MgSO4. Filtration of the drying agent and concentration of the solvent under vacuum gave a colored compound which was purified by a silica gel column chromatography to obtain pure 2-(l-methylethyl)-6-methyliodobenzene (17.8 g, 68%) of an yellow oil. HR MS: Obs. mass, 260.0063. Calcd. mass, 260.0062 (M+).
b) Preparation of 2-(l-methylethyl)-6-nιethylbenzoic acid. A 250 mL pressure bottle was charged with 2-(l-methylethyl)-6- methyliodobenzene (25.2 mmol, 6.55 g), Pd(OAc)2 (1.2 mmol, 280 mg) and dppp (1.2 mmol, 520 mg). Then, the flask was closed with a septum and evacuated three times with argon. Then, acetonitrile (96 mL), triethylamine (188.7 mmol, 19.0 g, 26.25 mL) and water (19.1 mL) were added successively by the aid of syringe. Then, the rubber septum was replaced with teflon lined cap connected to a carbon monoxide source. The flask was now pressurized with carbon monoxide (40 psi) and the excess pressure was released. This process was repeated three times and finally the mixture was stirred for 5 min under 40 psi carbon monoxide pressure. The flask was then disconnected from the carbon monoxide cylinder and immersed in a preheated oil bath (83-85 °C). The reaction mixture turned black in 1 hr and was stirred for another 4 hr at this temperature. Then, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, the pressure was released and the mixture was diluted with ether (200 mL) and l.ON NaOH (10 mL). The acid was extracted into water (2 x 100 mL). The combined water extracts were neutralized with l.ON HCl and the acid was extracted into ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine solution and dried over MgSO . Filtration of the drying agent and removal of solvent under vacuum gave 2.8 g (62%) of a viscous yellow oil. HR MS: Obs. mass, 178.0996. Calcd. mass, 178.0994 (M+).
Exmaple 107. N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,4-dimethyl-3- pyridinyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine .
a. Preparation of [[(2,4-dimethyl-3-pyridyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride.
To a solution of 4-amino-N- [( 1, l-dimethylethoxyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (1.4 g, 4.8 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) were added 2,4-dimethyl-3- pyridinecarboxylic acid hydrocloride (919 mg, 4.9 mmol), HBTU (1900 mg, 5 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (2.7 mL, 15 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 15 hr and was diluted with 10 mL of ethyl acetate and 10 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration and concentration of the solvent gave a crude product which was purified on silica gel eltuing with ethyl acetate:hexane (2:1 to 4:1) to give of 4-[(2,4-dimethyl-3- pyridyl)carbonyl)amino] -N- [( 1 , l-dimethylethoxyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (226 mg). This compound (220 mg) was treated with 6 mL of 4 N hydrochloric acid in dioxane at room temperature. After 5 minutes, the solid went into solution and the mixture was stirred for 18 hr and was concentrated to give white solid (210 mg). This intermediate was used in the next step synthesis without further purification.
b. Preparation of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4- [(2,4-dimethyl-3- pyridyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine .
A solution of 4- [(2,4-dimethyl-3-pyridyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride (50mg, 0.125 mmol), 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid (34 mg, 0.2 mmol), HBTU (76 mg, 0.2 mmol) and DIPEA (0.071 mL, 0.4 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was stirred 15 hr at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and was washed with 0.5 N HCl (2 x 8 mL), sat. sodium bicarbonate (2 x 8 mL) and brine (2 x 8 mL) and was dried (Na2SO4). The solution was filtered and concentrated to a yellow gum which was hydrolyzed by treatment with IN NaOH (0.5 mL) in MeOH (3 mL) at rt for 4 hrs. The reaction mixture was then acidified with acetic acid and purified by HPLC using conditions described in Example 76-77 to give a white solid (23.3 mg). MS (M+H): 466 (1 Cl).
Example 108. N-(2-Bromo-5-methoxybenzoyl)-4-[(2,4-dimethyl-3- pyridinyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- [(2,4- dimethyl-3-pyridyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride and 2-bromo-5-methoxybenzoic acid using the general method described in example 107. MS (M+H) 526 (IBr).
Example 109. Preparation of 4-[[(2-chloro-5-cyanophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester
a) . Preparation of 4- [(2-chloro-5-bromophenylcarbonyl)amino] -N- [(1,1- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
To a mixture of 4-amino-N-[(l,l-dimethyethoxy)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (20 mmol, 5.88 g), 2-chloro-5-bromobenzoic acid (22 mmol, 5.18 g) and HBTU (22 mmol, 8.34 g) in DMF (70 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (50 mmol, 8.7 mL) at room temperature. The suspension was stirred for 48 hr at which time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of starting material. The mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and the solids were collected by filtration and washed with water (150 mL). After air drying, the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.02 g (10%) of a white solid: mp 158-161 °C. HR MS: Obs. mass, 533.0442. Calcd. mass, 533.0455 (M+Na). b). Preparation of 4-[[(2-chloro-5-cyanophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
To a mixture of 4-[(2-chloro-5-bromophenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (2 mmol, 1.02 g), zinc cyanide (1.3 mmol, 152 mg) and Pd(PPh3) (0.2 mmol, 231 mg) was added distilled and deoxygenated DMF (8 mL) at room temperature. The suspension was heated to 80-85 °C and stirred for 15 hr at which time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate (70 mL) and was washed with 20% aqueous ammonium hydroxide (50 mL), brine solution (50 mL) and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration of the drying agent and concentration of the solvent gave a crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 555 mg (61%) of a white solid: mp 185-187 °C. HR MS: Obs. mass, 480.1301. Calcd. mass, 480.1302 (M+Na).
c). Preparation of 4- [(2-chloro-5-cyanophenylcarbonyl)amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester TFA salt.
To a solution of 4-[(2-chloro-5-cyanophenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (1.2 mmol, 0.55 g) in dichloromethane (12 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 hr at room temperature at which time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of starting material. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was azeotrophed with toluene (2 x 10 mL) and dried under high vacuum to afford 0.43 g (100%) of an yellow solid. HR MS: Obs. mass, 358.0963. Calcd. mass, 358.0959 (M+H).
Example 110. Preparation of 4-[[(2-chloro-5-cyanophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N- [l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyι] -L-phenylalanine.
a) Preparation of 4-[(2-chloro-5-cyanophenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[l-(2-chloro- 6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
Using the procedure described in example 3, 4-[(2-chloro-5- cyanophenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 61% overall yield as a white solid. HR MS: Obs. mass, 510.1003. Calcd. mass, 510.0988, M+H. b) Preparation of 4-[(2-chloro-5-cyanophenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[l-(2-chloro- 6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine .
To a mixture of 4-[(2-chloro-5-cyanophenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[l-(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (0.146 mmol, 75 mg) and lithium iodide (1.5 mmol, 200 mg) was added pyridine (3 mL) at room temperature. The solution was refluxed for 15 h at which time TLC analysis of the mixutre indicated the absence of starting material. Then, it was cooled to room temperature and was diluted with water (15 mL). The pyridine was removed under reduced pressure on a rotary evaporator and the residue was extracted with ether (2 x 15 mL) to remove any neutral impurities. The aqueous layer was acidified with IN HCl and the precipitated white solid was collected by filtration and was washed with 20 mL of water and 20 mL of hexane. After air-drying, the crude product was dissolved in ethyl acetate- hexane and stored in the refrigerator overnight. Only traces solid was formed and the solvent was decanted and removed under vacuum to give 55 mg (76%) of as a white solid. HR MS: Obs. mass, 496.0850. Calcd. mass, 496.0831 (M+H).
Example 111. Preparation of 4-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenylcarbonyl)amino]-N- [(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyι]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
Figure imgf000082_0001
C23H27CIN205 Mol. Wt.: 446.92
Using the procedure described in example 1, 4-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenylcarbonyl)amino] -N- [( 1 , 1-dimethylethoxy )carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4-amino-N-[(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-chloro-6- methylbenzoyl chloride in 83% overall yield as a white solid, mp 154-157 °C. HR MS: Obs. mass, 469.1513. Calcd. mass, 469.1507 (M+Na).
Example 112. Preparation of 4-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenylcarbonyl)amino]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt Using the procedure described in example 2, 4-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenylcarbonyl)amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt was prepared in 99% overall yield from the product of Ex. Ill as a white solid:. HR MS: Obs. mass, 347.1165. Calcd. mass, 347.1162 (M+H).
Example 113. 4-[(2-Chloro-6-methylphenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[l-(2-methyl-6- ethylphenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared using the procedure described in example 3 to give a 70% overall yield of a white solid. HR MS: Obs. mass, 515.1690. Calcd. mass, 515.1714 (M+Na).
Figure imgf000083_0001
Example 114. N-[l-(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,6- difluorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4-amino- N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2,6- difluorobenzoic acid using the procedures described in examples 109 and 13. HR MS Obs. mass 473.1094. Calcd. mass 473.1079 (M+H).
Example 115. N-[l-(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,3,4,5,6- pentafluorophenyl)carbonyl] amino]- L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- amino-N- [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and pentafluorobenzoic acid using the procedure described in examples 109 and 13. HR MS Obs. mass, 527.0798. Calcd. mass 527.0797 (M+H).
Example 116. Preparation of (Z)-3-[4-[[(l,l-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3- methylphenyl] -2- [ [(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl] amino] -2-propenoic acid methyl ester.
a. Preparation of 4-[[(l,l-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methylbenzyl alcohol. A solution of 3-methyl-4-nitrobenzyl alcohol (7.0 g, 42 mmol) in ethyl acetate (175 mL) and Boc anhydride (9.1 g, 42.7 mmol) was hydrogenated over 10% palladium on carbon (0.33 g) for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from ether- hexane to give a white crystalline solid (6.73 g, (68%), mp 73-74 °C. Anal. (C13H19NO3):. C, 65.80; H, 8.07; N, 5.90. Fd. C, 65.74; H, 7.80; N, 5.80.
b. Preparation of 4-[[(l,l-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3- methylbenzaldehyde. A solution of 4-[[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3- methylbenzyl alcohol (7.2 g, 30.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (60 mL) was treated with manganese dioxide (4 x 7 g) at two hr intervals and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite washing with dichloromethane and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from ether-hexane to give a white crystalline solid (6.3 g, 87%), mp 109-111 °C. Anal. (C13H17NO3): Calcd. C, 66.36; H, 7.28; N, 5.95. Fd. C, 66.14; H, 7.14; N, 5.85.
c. Preparation of (Z)-3-[4-[[(l,l-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3- methylphenyl] -2- [[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl] amino] -2-propenoic acid methyl ester.
A solution of N-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]-2-phosphonoglycine trimethyl ester (11.9 g, 36 mmol) in dichloromethane (60 mL) was treated with tetramethlguanidine (4.5 mL, 36 mmol). After 1 hr, the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of -30 °C and was treated with a solution of 4-[[(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] amino] -3-methylbenzaldehyde (7.02 g, 29.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) at such a rate that there was no temperature rise. The reaction mixture was stirred at -30 °C for 30 min and was allowed to warm to room temperature over night. The mixture was diluted with ether (150 mL) and was washed successively with 0.5 N Hcl (2 x 50 mL) and Sat. NaHCO3 (1 x 50 mL) and was dried over MgSO . The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by chromatography on a Biotage Kilo Prep HPLC using a silica gel carttridge and eluting with ethyl acetate :hexane (1:2). Fractions containing the Z-isomer were combined and concentrated, finally under high vacuum to give as a colorless glass (11.48 g, 86%). Anal. (C24H28N2O6 ): Calcd. C, 65.44; H, 6.41; N, 6.36. Fd. C, 64.81; H, 6.43; N, 6.04. HR MS: Obs. mass, 440.1933. Calcd. mass, 440.1947 (M+H).
Example 117. Preparation of 4-[[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3- methyl-N- [[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
A solution of (Z)- 3-[4-[[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methylphenyl]- 2-[[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-2-propenoic acid methyl ester (10 g, 22.7 mmol) from Ex. 116 in methanol (50 mL) and THF (20 mL) was placed in a pressure bottle and a stream of Ar was passed through the mixture over night. (+)-l,2-Bis((2S,5S)-2,5-dimethylphospholano)benzene (cyclooctadiene)rhodium trifluoromethane sulfonate (100 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added and the bottle was pressurized to 50 psi with hydrogen 3 times and the mixture was stirred over night at room temperature under 50 psi of hydrogen. The pressure was released and the solution was concentrated. The residue was treated with activated charcoal and recrystallized from ethyl acetate-hexane to give 6.72 g (67%), mp 120-121 °C. [a]589 -5.9° (c = 1%, methanol).
HR MS (C24H30N2O6): Obs. Mass 442.2113. Calcd. Mass 442.2104 (M+).
Example 118. Preparation of 4-[[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3- methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
a. A solution of 4-[[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methyl-N- [[(phenylmethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (3.0 g, 6.8 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) and cyclohexene (14 mL, 140 mmol) was treated with 10% palladium on carbon (1.5 g) and the mixture was heated to reflux for 20 min and allowed to cool. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite washing with ethanol and the filtrate was concentrated to give 4-[[(l,l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] amino] -3-methyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (2.24 g) as a light yellow oil. HR MS (C16H24N2O4): Obs. Mass 309.1819. Calcd. Mass 309.1815 (M+H).
b. A solution of 4-[[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methyl-L- phenylalanine methyl ester (1.0 g, 3.24 mmol) and 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid (0.66 g, 3.86 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was treated with HBTU (1.72 g, 4.53 mmol) and DIPEA (3 mL) 17 mmol) and the mixture was stirred over night. The solution was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 mL) and was washed with sat. NaHCO3 (10 mL), 0.1 N HCl (10 mL), and brine (10 mL) and was dried over Mg2SO4. The residue obtained after filtration and evaporation was purified by silica gel chromatography on 140 g of silica gel, eluting with 1:9 ethyl acetate: dichloromethane to give 1.16 g (78%) of a gum. HR MS (C24H29N2O5C1): Obs. Mass 461.1858. Calcd. Mass 461.1844 (M+H).
Example 119. Preparation of 4-amino-3-methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt.
4-[[(l,l-Dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (1.1 g, 2.17 mmol) from Ex. 118 was treated with 4 N HCl in dioxane (20 mL) for 4 hr and was concentrated to dryness. The residue was triturated with ether and filtered to give 0.83 g, 96% as a white solid. HR MS (C19H22N2O3C12): Obs. Mass 361.1309. Calcd. Mass 361.1320 (M+H).
Example 120. Preparation of N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[3-(3- hydroxyphenyl))-l-oxopropyl]amino]-3-methyl-L-phenylalanine.
a. A solution of 4-amino-3-methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt (79.5 mg, 0.20 mmol) from Ex. 119, 3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid (33.2 mg, 0.20 mmol) and DIPEA (120 μL, 0.69 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was cooled to 10 °C and was treated with BOP-C1 (51 mg, 0.20 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 4 hr and was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL) and was washed with 5 mL portions of 0.5 N NaCO3, 0.5 N HCl and saturated brine and was dried (MgSO4). The residue obtained after filtration and concentration was purified by chromatography on 25 g of silica gel, eluting with 7:3 ethyl acetate :hexane to give 47 mg of a colorless glass. HR MS: Obs. Mass 509.1849. Calcd. Mass 509.1844 (M+H).
b. A solution of N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[3-(3- hydroxyphenyl))-l-oxopropyl] amino] -3-methyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (45 mg, 0.088 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was treated with solution of LiOH*H2O (20 mg, 0.47 mmol) in water (1.0 mL). Methanol (0.5 mL) was added for solubility and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. The mixture was acidified with 0.5 mL of acetic acid and was purified directly by RP-HPLC (5-95-35-214) to give, after lyopylization 34.3 mg of a white powder. HR MS (C27H27N2O5C1): Obs. Mass 495.1697. Calcd. Mass 495.1687 (M+H).
Example 121. N-[l-(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[2-(3- hydroxyphenyl))- 1-oxoethyl] amino] -3-methyl-L-phenylalanine was prepared using the general procedure described in example 120 from 4-amino-3-methyl- N-[[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (79.5 mg) and 2-(3-hydroxyphenyl)acetic acid (30 mg 0.2 mmol) to give 23 mg of a colorless glass. HR MS (C26H25N2O5C1): Obs. Mass 481.1527. Calcd. Mass 481.1530 (M+H).
Example 122. N-[l-(2-Chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[2-(3-nitrophenyl))- 1-oxoethyl] amino] -3-methyl-L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4-amino-3- methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (52 mg) and 3-nitrobenzoic acid (32 mg, 0.19 mmol) using the procedure described in example 120 to give 15 mg of a white powder. HR MS (C25H22N3O6C1): Obs. Mass 496.1288. Calcd. Mass 496.1288 (M+H).
Example 123. N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino]- 3-methyl-L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4-amino-3-methyl-N-[[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (87.4 mg, 0.22 mmol) and 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl chloride using the procedures described in examples 1 and 120 to give 56 mg of a white powder. HR MS (C25H21N2O4C13): Obs. Mass 519.0656. Calcd. Mass 519.0645 (M+H).
Example 124. Preparation of N-[(4-amino-2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine
a. A solution of 4-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid (43 mg, 0.25 mmol) and 4- [(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) and HBTU (100 mg, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was treated with DIPEA (0.20 mL) and the mixture was stirred 2 hr at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3 and dried (MgSO4). The residue after filtration and concentration was chromatographed on 16 g of silica gel eluting with 4:1 ethyl acetate :hexane to give N-[(4-amino-2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (66 mg, 51%) of a white foam. HR MS (C24H20C13N3O4): Obs. Mass 520.0589. Calcd. Mass 520.0597 (M+H).
b. A solution of N-[(4-amino-2-chlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (66 mg, 0.126 mmol) in THF (3mL) was treated with a solution of LiOH«H2O (20 mg, 0.48 mmol) in water (0.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred over night at room temperature. Acetic acid (0.5 mL) was added and the mixture was purified directly by RP-HPLC (5-95-35-214) to give 40 mg of a white solid. HRMS: (C23H18C13N3O4): Obs. Mass 506.0461. Calcd. Mass 506.0441 (M+H)
Example 125. Preparation of 4-(4-cyano-l,3-dioxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-N-[l-(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine
a) Preparation of 4-(4-cyano-l,3-dioxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-N-[l-(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester
Figure imgf000088_0001
Using the procedure described in example 3, 4-(4-cyano-l,3-dioxo-2H-isoindol- 2-yl)-N- [l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 63% overall yield as a white solid: mp 200-202 °C. HR MS: Obs. mass, 502.1173. Calcd. mass, 502.1169, M+H.
b) Preparation of 4-(4-cyano-l,3-dioxo-2H-isoindol-2-yl)-N-[l-(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine .
Using the procedure described in example 110, 4-(4-cyano-l,3-dioxo-2H- isoindol-2-yl)-N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine was prepared in 26% overall yield as a white solid: mp 170-175 °C. HR MS: Obs. mass, 488.1004. Calcd. mass, 488.1013, M+H.
Example 126. Synthesis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine ethyl ester
To a solution of sodium salt of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine (1.583 g, 3.0 mmol) in DMF (75 mL) was added excess iodoethane (3.27 g, 21 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 24 hr. TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of staring material and the excess iodoethane and some DMF was removed on a rotary evaporator under vaccum. The residue was diluted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate and was washed successively with water (2 x 100 mL), brine solution (100 mL) and dried over MgSO . Filtration of the drying agent and removal of the solvent afforded a white solid which was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate :hexane (1:1) to obtain 1.4 g (87%) of ethyl ester as a white solid, mp 230-235 °C. HR MS: Obs. mass, 533.0817. Calcd. mass, 533.0801 (M+H).
Example 127. Syntheis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine ethyl ester To a suspension of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine (7.0 g, 13.84 mmol) and powdered sodium bicarbonate (5.88 g, 70 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was added excess of iodoethane (10.91 g, 70 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting suspension was stirred for 20 h at which time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of staring material and the excess iodoethane and some DMF was removed on a rotary evaporator under vaccum. The remaining residue was diluted with 150 mL of ethyl acetate and washed successively with water (2 x 100 mL), brine solution (100 mL) and dried over MgSO . Filtration of the drying agent and removal of the solvent afforded a white solid which was crystallized from acetonitrile. The resulting crystalline solid was collected by filtration and dried under high vacuum to afford 5.58 g (77%) of N- (2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L- phenylalanine ethyl ester as a white solid, mp 230-235 °C.
Example 128. Synthesis of of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-morpholinoethyl ester.
To a solution of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine (0.505 g, 1.0 mmol) and 2-(4- morpholino)ethanol (0.262 g, 2.0 mmol) in THF (13 mL) was added dicyclohexylcarbodimide (0.309 g, 1.5 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (61 mg, 0.5 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting cloudy solution was stirred for 4 h at which time TLC analysis of the reaction mixture indicated the absence of acid. Then, the mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 100 mL) and brine solution (100 mL) and were dried over
MgSO . Filtration of the drying agent and removal of the solvent gave a white solid which was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane :methanol (15:1) as eluent to obtain 0.428 g (69%) of N-(2- chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L- phenylalanine 2-(4-morpholino)ethyl ester as a white solid, mp 109-118 °C. HR MS: Obs. mass, 618.1311. Calcd. mass, 618.1329 (M+H).
Example 129. Synthesis of of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-(4-morpholino)ethyl ester.
Figure imgf000090_0001
C2 H 18Cl3N2θ4 C30H30CI3N3O5
Mol. Wt.: 505.78 Mol. Wt.: 618.93
To a solution of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine (0.253 g, 0.5 mmol) and 2-(4- morpholino)ethanol (0.131 g, 1.0 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added di- isopropylcarbodimide (94.6 mg, 0.75 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (30.5 mg, 0.25 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for 15 h at room temperature at which time TLC analysis of the reaction mixture indicated the absence of acid. Then, the mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and the THF was removed under vaccum and the residue was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 25 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 x 50 mL), brine solution (50 mL) and dried over MgSO . Filtration of the drying agent and concentration of the solvent gave a white solid which was purified by silica gel column chromatography using dichloromethane and ethyl acetate (5:1 to 1:1) and pure ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain 0.2 g (65%) of a white solid, mp 109-118 °C.
Example 130-132. Using the procedure described in Example 129, the following ester derivatives were prepared.
Figure imgf000090_0002
Figure imgf000091_0001
Example 133. Synthesis of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine l-methyl-2-(4- morpholino)ethyl ester was prepared in 32% yield according to the procedure described in Example 129. HRMS Calcd: 632.1484. Obs: 632.1486 (M+H).
Example 134. N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 1-methylethyl ester was prepared in 60% yield by the procedure described in Example 127. HRMS m/z Calcd, 569.0778. Obs, 569.0774 (M+Na).
Example 135. N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-methylpropyl ester was prepared by the method described in Example 127. HRMS m/z Calcd, 561.1114. Obs, 561.1125 (M+H).
Example 136. N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine l-methyl-4-piperidinyl ester was prepared in 65% by the method described in Example 128. HR MS C30H30C13N3O4): Obs, 602.1386.Calcd: 602.1380 (M+H).
Example 137. N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyι] amino] -L-phenylalanine butyl ester was prepared in 75% yield by the procedure described in Example 127. HR MS (C28H27C13N2O4): Obs, 561.1115. Calcd, 561.1114 (M+H).
Example 138. N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-[4-[(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-l-piperazinyl]ethyl ester was prepared in 78% yield from N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4- [(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L- phenylalanine and 2- [4- [( 1 , l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] - 1 -piper azinyl] ethanol using the procedure described in Example 129. HR MS: Obs. mass, 717.1995. Calcd. mass, 717.2013 (M+).
Example 139. N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4- [(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-(l-piperazinyl)ethyl ester
To a solution of N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2- [4- [( 1 , l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] - 1- piperazinyl] ethyl ester (1.0 mmol, 0.72 g) in dioxane (4 mL) was added a solution of HCl in dioxane (3.0 mmol, 0.75 mL, 4N) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature at which time TLC analysis of the reaction mixture indicated the absence of starting material. Then, the dioxane was removed under vacuum and the solid was triturated with ether (15 mL). The ether was decanted and the solid was dried under high vacuum to obtain 0.68 g (90%) as a white solid. HR MS (C30H31C13N4O4): Obs. mass, 617.1464. Calcd. mass, 617.1489 (M+H).
Example 140. Preparation N-(2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-(4-methyl-l- piperazinyDethyl ester
To a suspension of N-(2-Chloro-6-methylbenzoyl)-4-[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbon l] amino] -L-phenylalanine 2-( l-piperazinyl)ethyl ester dihydrochloride (1.0 mmol, 0.617 g) from Ex. 139 and K2CO3 (8.0 mmol, 1.1 g) in NMP (10 mL) was added methyl iodide (3.0 mmol, 0.43 g) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for 48 h at room temperature at which time TLC analysis of the reaction mixture indicated the absence of starting material. Then, the mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried under high vacuum. This solid was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 0.35 g (55%) of a white solid. HR MS (C31H33C13N4O4): Obs. mass, 631.9208. Calcd. mass, 631.9193 (M+H).
Example 141. Preparation of N-methyl-N-[l-(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-nitro-L-phenylalanine methyl ester
To a suspension of N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4- nitrophenylalanine methyl ester (0.375 mmol, 142 mg) and silver oxide (1.5 mmol, 340 mg) in DMF (2 mL) was added methyl iodide (28 mmol, 1.75 mL) at room temperature. The suspesion was stirred for 2 days at room temperature, at which time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of starting material, and the solid was filtered. The solution was concetrated and diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with water (20 mL), brine solution (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration of the drying agent and removal of the solvent gave 99 mg (67%) of a light brown oil. LR MS (C19H19C1N2O5): 390 (M+H).
Example 142. Preparation of 4-amino-N-methyl-N-[l-(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
To a mixture of N-methyl -N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-nitro-L- phenylalanine methyl ester (0.5 mmol, 192 mg) from Ex. 141, zinc dust (-325 mesh, 5.0 mmol, 0.33 g, 10 equiv.) and ammonium chloride (7.5 mmol, 0.4 g, 15 equiv.) was added methanol (4 mL) and water (2 mL) at room temperature. After addition of water, the reaction was exothermic. The suspension was stirred for 2 h at room temperature, at which time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of starting material, and the reaction mixture was filtered through the celite. The filter cake was washed with methanol (30 mL) and water (20 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to remove the methanol and the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine solution (30 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration of the drying agent and concentration of the solvent afforded 148 mg (82%) of a yellow oil. LR MS (C19H21C1N2O3): 36KM+H).
Example 143. Preparation of 4- [(2,6-dichlorophenylcarbonyl)amino] -N-methyl - N- [l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
Figure imgf000094_0001
Using the procedure described in example 1, methyl 4-[[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenmyl)carbonyl]-L- phenylalanine was prepared in 68% overall yield as an amorpous solid. LR MS (C26H23C13N2O4) : 534 (M+H).
Example 144. Preparation of 4- [(2, 6-dichlorophenylcarbonyl)amino] -N-methyl - N- [l-(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine
Using the procedure described in example 13, N-[l-(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl]-N-methyl-4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L- phenylalanine was prepared from the product of Ex. 143 in 59% overall yield as a white solid. HR MS: Obs. mass, 519.0631. Calcd. mass, 519.0645 (M+H).
Example 145. Preparation of 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid.
a. Preparation of 2-chloro-6-methylbenzaldehyde.
A 500 mL, three-necked, round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, thermometer, additional funnel, and argon inlet was charged with 75 g (494 mmol) of 2-chloro-6-methylbenzonitrile and 400 mL of toluene (stored over 4 A molecular sieves). The mixture was cooled to -2 °C (ice + acetone) and a solution of DIBAL-H (593 mmol, 593 mL, l.ON) in hexanes was added dropwise over a period of 30 min while maintaining the temperature below 0 °C. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 °C and then allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 h at room temperature, TLC analysis indicated the absence of starting material (4:1 hexane:ether, phosphomolybdic acid spray, as analysis by UV fluorescence was misleading). The reaction mixture was poured into a ice (2000 g) and concentrated sulfuric acid (50 mL) and was stirred for overnight. The precipitated solids were collected by filtration and the filtrate was extracted with ether (2 X 200 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine solution and dried over MgSO . Filtration of the drying agent and concentration of the solution gave the crude aldehyde which was combined with the above solid to afford 71.31 g (93%) of light yellow solid suitable for use in the next step..
b. Preparation of 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid.
A 1000 mL, three-necked, round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, thermometer, additional funnel, and argon inlet was charged with 71.31 g (461 mmol, crude obtained from the above experiment) of 2-chloro-6- methylbenzaldehyde and 750 mL of acetonitrile. To this suspension, a solution of monobasic sodium phosphate (115 mmol, 15.9 g, 0.25 eq.) in water 240 mL) was added followed by hydrogen peroxide (50 mL, 30%) at room temperature. Then, a solution of sodium chlorite (73.5 g, 811 mmol, 1.76 eq.) in water (700 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C while maintaining the temperature below 3 °C. After addition, the yellow suspension was stirred for 15 h at 0 °C to room temperature at which time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of aldehyde. Then, a solution of sodium bisulfite (73 g, 701 mmol, 1.52 eq.) in water (200 mL) was added dropwise at 0 °C until the yellow color disappear (Kl-paper positive). Cooling is essential to control the exothermic reaction. The solvent was removed under vacuum to afford a white solid. The solid was collected by filtration and the filtrate was extracted with ether (200 mL). The above solid also dissolved in this ether solution and was washed with 10% NaOH solution (2 x 200 mL). The basic aqueous solution was neutralized with 10% HCl to pH ~1. The precipitated white solid was collected by filtration and dried at air to afford 54.88 g (65%, overall in two steps) of 2-chloro-6-methyl benzoic acid as a white solid.
Example 146. Preparation of 4-[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L- phenylalanine methyl ester.
a, Preparation of 4-nitro-N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
To suspesion of 4-nitro-N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine (226.2 mmol, 70.2 g) and sodium carbonate (1.13 mol, 95 g) in DMF (500 mL) was added methyl iodide (1.13 mmol, 70.4 mL) at room temperature. The suspesion was stirred for 15 h at room temperature at this time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of starting acid and the excess methyl iodide and some DMF were removed under high vacuum. The mixture was poured into water (2 L) and stirred at room temperature as a precipitate formed slowly over weekend. The precipitated solids were collected by filtration and washed with water (2 L). After air and vacuum drying, 72 g (98%) of of 4-nitro-N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyι] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was isolated as a light yellow solid, mp 95-96 °C. Η NMR, DMSO-de (400 MHz) δ 8.16 (d, 2H, J = 20 Hz), 7.53 (d, 2H, J = 20 Hz), 7.39 (d, 1H, J = 22 Hz), 4.26-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 2.96-3.19 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H). C NMR, CDC13 (100 Mhz) d 172.04, 155.29, 146.27, 145.96, 130.48, 123.18, 78.36, 54.44, 51.9, 36.1, 27.99. HR MS: Obs. mass, 325.1404. Calcd. mass, 325.1400 (M+H).
b. Preparation of 4-amino-N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester
To a mixture of 4-nitro-N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (222 mmol, 72 g), zinc dust (-325 mesh, 2.2 mol, 145.2 g, 10 equiv.) and ammonium chloride (3.3 mol, 178.1 g, 15 equiv.) was added methanol (1 L) and water (500 mL) at room temperature. After addition of water, the reaction mixture was exothermic and the temperature raised to 45 to 50 °C. The suspension was stirred for 1 h at room temperature at which time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of starting material and the reaction mixture was filtered through the celite, washing the filtered cake with methanol (1 L) and water (500 mL). Concentration to remove the methanol and some water resulted in formation of a white solid which was collected by filtration and washed with water. After air drying, 65.5 g (quant) of a white solid, mp 86-89 °C was obtained. Η NMR, DMSO-de (400 MHz) δ 6.9 (d, 2H, J = 20 Hz), 6.62 (d, 2H, J = 20 Hz), 7.39 (d, 1H, J = 22 Hz), 4.26- 4.28 (m, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.96-3.19 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H). HR MS: Obs. mass, 284.1614. Calcd. mass, 294.1621).
c. Preparation of 4-[(2,6-dichlorophenylcarbonyl)amino]-N-[(l,l- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
To a solution of 4-amino-N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (127.6 mmol, 37.57 g) and 2,6-dichlorobenzoyl chloride (140.6 mmol, 29.45 g) in dichloromethane (350 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (192 mmol, 33.4 mL) at room temperature. The brown solution was stirred for 15 h at room temperature to afford a white suspension. At this time, TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of starting material. The solids were collected by filtration and were washed with dichloromethane (150 mL) and air dried to obtain 52.75 g (88.4%) of a white solid, mp 148-151 °C. Η NMR, DMSO-dβ (400 MHz) δ 10.68 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.6 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.29 (m, 3H), 4.12-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.79-2.99 (m, 2H), 1.33 (s, 9H). "C NMR, CDCla (100 Mhz) d 172.49, 161.82, 155.37, 136.99, 136.36, 131.28, 131.16, 129.48, 128.19, 119.31, 78.27, 55.3, 51.76, 35.9, 27.77. HR MS: Obs. mass, 466.1069. Calcd. mass, 466.1062 (M+H).
d. Preparation of 4- [(2, 6-Dichlorophenylcarbonyl)amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt.
4- [(2,6-Dichlorophenylcarbonyl)amino] -N- [( 1 , l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L- phenylalanine methyl ester (92.97 mmol, 43.45 g) in dioxane (90 mL) was treated with 166 mL of 4 N hydrochloric acid in dioxane at room temperature. After 5 minutes, the solids went into solution and the mixture was stirred for 2 h. Some of the dioxane was removed under vacuum to afford a yellow syrup and 250 mL of ethyl ether was added. A gum was formed which was dissolved in THF (100 mL) and methanol (100 mL). The solvent was removed under vacuum to obtain 43.7 g (100%) of the hydrochloride salt as a white solid. 1H NMR, DMSO-dβ (400 MHz) δ 10.81 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, 2H, J = 22 Hz), 7.58 (d, 2H, J = 18 Hz), 7.51 (t, 1H, J = 15 Hz), 7.24 (d, 2H, J = 22 Hz),4.23-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.14-3.17 (m, 2H). i3C NMR, CDCI3 (100 Mhz) d 169.03, 161.72, 137.56, 136.11, 131.19, 130.95, 129.93, 129.79, 128.06, 119.46, 53.17, 52.6, 35.13. HR MS: Obs. mass, 367.0611. Calcd. mass, 367.0616 (M+).
Example 147. Preparation of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylbphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
To a solution of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride salt (272.5 mmol, 110 g) from Ex. 146 and 2-chloro- 6-methyl benzoic acid (276 mmol, 47.15 g) in DMF (600 mL) were added HBTU (276 mmol, 105 g) and diisopropylethylamine (1.24 mol, 119 mL) at room temperature. The clear solution was stirred 48 h at room temperature at which time TLC analysis of the reaction mixture indicated the absence of the starting material. The reaction mixture was poured slowly into 5 L of water which contained some ice to lower the temperature. The white precipitated solid was allowed settle and the solid was collected by filtration. The solid cake was washed with water (1 L) and hexane (1 L) and air dried to obtain 150 g of a crude product. This solid product was dissolved in hot acetonitrile (1 L) and cooled in the refrigerator. The solid was collected by filtration and washed with hexane (500 mL) and air dried to obtain 101.1 g. The mother liquor was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane and ethyl acetate (15:1) to obtain another 17.07 g (total = 118.17g, 83%), mp 244-245 °C. Η NMR, DMSO-dβ (400 MHz) δ 10.66 (s, 1H), 8.83 (d, 1H, J = 19 Hz), 7.47-7.6 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.29 (m, 5H), 4.58-4.68 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.12 (dd, 1H, J = 17, 13 Hz), 2.87 (dd, 1H, J = 17, 11 Hz), 2.09 (s, 3H). HR MS: Obs. mass, 518.0652. Calcd. mass, 518.0641.
Example 148. Preparation of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine .
To a suspension of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (166 mmol, 86.2 g) from Ex. 147 in ethanol (350 mL) was added aqueous 1.0 N sodium hydroxide (250 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was heated to 40-45 °C and the resulting clear solution was stirred for 3-4 h. Then, the mixture was cooled to room temperature and the ethanol was removed on a rotary evaporator. The residue was diluted with 100 mL of water. The neutral impurities was extracted into ether (2 x 100 mL) and the basic aqueous layer was neutralized with 1 N HCl. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and the solid cake was washed with water (1 L) and dried at air over weekend. The crude solid was dissolved in hot acetontile (2 L) and the resulting solution was stored in the refrigerator for 15 h. The white crystalline solids were collected by filtration and washed with cold acetonitrile (100 mL). After air drying, 79.76 g (95%) of a white solid, mp 212-215 °C was obtained. *H NMR, DMSO-dβ (400 MHz) δ 10.66 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, 1H, J = 19 Hz), 7.47-7.6 (m, 5H), 7.15-7.29 (m, 5H), 4.58-4.68 (m, 1H), 3.12 (dd, 1H, J = 17, 13 Hz), 2.87 (dd, 1H, J = 17, 11 Hz), 2.09 (s, 3H). HR MS: Obs. mass, 505.0483. Calcd. mass, 505.0488 (M+).
Example 149. Preparation of 2,6-Dimethyl-4-trifluoromethyl-3- pyridinecarboxylic acid.
A solution of 2,6-dimethyl-4-trifluoromethyl-3-pyridinecarboxylic acid ethyl ester in 40 mL of THF and 10 mL of 1 N sodium hydroxide solution was heated to reflux for 48 h. TLC of the mixture (3:7 methanol: dichloromethane) indicated that starting material was consumed. The mixture was acidified with acetic acid (5 mL) and evaporated to dryness. The residue was triturated with THF and the solution was concentrated to give 0.7 g of material containing some THF and acetic acid as indicated by NMR. This material was combined with the product of a similar experiment and was chromatographed on 90 g of silica gel, eluting with (3:7) methanohdichloromethane to give 1.05 g of a solid. This material was diluted with toluene (6 mL) and evaporated several times to remove most of the acetic acid to afford after drying under high vacuum, 0.9 g of a white foam. LR-ES- MS (C9H6F3NO2): 218 (M-H).
Example 150. Preparation of N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(2,6- dimethyl-4-trifluoromethyl-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine.
a. To a solution of 2,6-dimethyl-4-trifluoromethylpyridine carboxylic acid (102 mg, 0.6 mmol) from Ex. 149 in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added a drop of DMF and oxalyl chloride (0.78 mmol, 99 mg) at 0 °C (ice bath). The solution was stirred at this temperature for 30 min, warmed to room temperature and stirred for an additional 1 h. Then, the solvent and excess oxalyl chloride was removed under vacuum and the residue was dried under high vacuum. To this 4-amino-N- [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (0.5 mmol, 212 mg) was added and the mixture was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL). To this clear solution was added DIPEA (2.0 mmol, 0.258 g) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 15 h at which time TLC analysis of the mixture indicated the absence of starting material. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (20 mL) and water (100 mL). The two layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL), brine solution (30 mL) and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Filtration of the drying agent and removal of the solvent gave a crude product which was used directly in the next step.
Examples 151-155. The N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4- [(heteroaryl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine derivatives listed below were prepared by treatment of equimolar amounts of 4-amino-N-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and the appropriate heteroaromatic carboxylic acids using the coupling procedure described in example 109 and the ester hydrolysis procedure described in example 13.
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0002
Examples 156-160. The 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N- [(heteroaryl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine derivatives listed below were prepared by coupling of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]- L-phenylalanine methyl ester and the appropriate heteroaromatic carboxylic acid using the general procedure described in example 3, followed by ester hydrolysis using the general procedure described in example 13.
Figure imgf000100_0001
Example R Yield Formula LRMS IC50
% (M+l) nM
Obs
156 80 C25H20C12F3N3O4 554 114
157 25 C24H23C12N3O4S 520
158 75 C22H19C12N3O5 476 946
159 63 C26H21C12N5O4 538 988
160 47 C25H21C12N5O4 526
Figure imgf000101_0001
Example 161. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(l- naphthyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 77% yield from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 1-naphthoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 521.1024. Calcd. mass, 521.1053 (M+H).
Example 162. N-[(2-Acetyl-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2,6- dichlorophenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared in 38 % yield from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-acetyl-6-methylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 547.0579. Calcd. mass, 547.0594 (M+Na).
Example 163. 4- [ [(2 ,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -N- [ [2-( 1 , 1- dimethylethyDphenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-(l,l-dimethylethyl)benzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 527.1523. Calcd. mass, 527.1573 (M+H).
Figure imgf000102_0001
Example 164. 2,6-Bis-(l-methylethyl)benzoic acid was prepared in two steps from 2,6-bis(l-methylethyl)phenol using the two step general procedure described in example 105. HR MS: Obs. mass, 206.0325. Calcd. mass, 206.0342 (M+).
Example 165. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[[2,6-bis-(l- methylethyDphenyl] carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2,6-bis-(l-methylethyl)benzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. LR MS: 555 (M+).
Example 166. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- methoxyphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2- methoxybenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 501.0984. Calcd. mass, 501.0984 (M+H).
Example 167. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-chloro-4- methylsulfonylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 73% yield from 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-chloro-4-methylsulfonylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 583.0263. Calcd. mass, 583.0264 (M+H).
Example 168. N-[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared from 4- [ [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2,6-dichlorobenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. Exmample 169. N-[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared by hydrolysis of N- [(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] -4- [[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester from Ex. 168 using the general procedure described in example 13.
Example 170. Preparation of 4-[(2S,4R)-3-Acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(phenylmethyl)-5- oxo- 1-imidazolinyl] -N- [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine and 4-[(2R,4R)-3-acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(phenylmethyl)-5-oxo-l-imidazolinyl]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine .
Figure imgf000103_0001
a. Synthesis of N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-4-[[(2R)-2-amino-l-oxo-3- phenylpropyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester
To a solution of 4-amino-N-[(l,l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester (5.09 g, 17 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) was added Fmoc-D- Phenylalanine (8.70 g, 22.5 mmol), DIPEA (12 mL, 69 mmol) and HBTU (8.50 g, 22.5 mmol). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (150 mL) and the light yellow solid which precipitated was collected by filtration. This solid was then redissolved in 60 mL of acetone and the solution was treated with 100 mL of water. The solid was collected by filtration and was washed with IN HCl, H2O. After drying at 60 °C under vaccum overnight, a light yellow solid was obtained (13.2 g). A portion of this solid (2.51 g, 3.78 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL of DMF and to the solution was added 1.5 mL of piperidine. The above solution was stirred at room temperature for 45 min. After removal of the solvent, the residue was recrystillized from ethyl acetate-hexane to give N- [( 1 , l-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -4- [ [(2R)-2-amino- l-oxo-3-phenylpropyl] amino] - L-phenylalanine methyl ester (1.36 g, 3.0 mmol ) in 81.5 % yield. LR MS 442 (M+H). b. Synthesis of 4- (3-acetyl-5-oxo-2-phenyl-4-phenylmethyl-l-imidazolidinyl)- N-[(l,l,-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
A solution of above amine (1.48, 3.35 mmol) and benzaldehyde (376 μl, 3.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) and methyl orthoformate (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction flask was then warmed to 90_ C and acetic anhydride (neat, 1.8 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 110_ C for 4 hr. The solvent was then evaporated and crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate:hexane = 1:1) to give 4-(3-acetyl-5-oxo-2-phenyl-4-phenylmethyl-l-imidazolidinyl)-N- [(l,l,-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester diatereomer 1 (417 mg) and diastereomer 2 (1.25 g) These compounds are diastereomeric at the 2-position of the imidazolidinone ring. Both diastereomers gave LR MS (C33H37N3O6): 572 (M+H).
c. Preparation of 4-[(2S,4R)-3-Acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(phenylmethyl)-5-oxo-l- imidazolinyl] -N- [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester.
4-(3-acetyl-5-oxo-2-phenyl-4-phenylmethyl-l-imidazolidinyl)-N-[(l,l,- dimethylethoxy)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester (Diastereomer 1) (415 mg, 0.7 mmol) was treated with 10 mL of 4N HCl in dioxane at room temperature for 2 hr. After removal of solvent, the residue was dried overnight under vacuum. The residue (241 mg, 0.471 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (4 mL) and was treated with 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid (105 mg, 0.617 mmol), HBTU (234 mg, 0.617 mmol) and DIEA (246 μL, 1.42 mmol) at room temperature for 4 hr. The mixture was diluted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, the mixture was washed with IN HCl, water and brine ( 8 mL each), After it was dried over MgSO4, the solvent was removed and the residue was filtered through silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate :hexane (4:1) to give 4-(3- acetyl-5-oxo-2-phenyl-4-phenylmethyl-l-imidazolidinyl)-N-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester diastereomer 1.
d. Preparation of 4-(3-acetyl-5-oxo-2-phenyl-4-phenylmethyl-l-imidazolidinyl)- N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine diastereomer 1..
4-(3-acetyl-5-oxo-2-phenyl-4-phenylmethyl-l-imidazolidinyl)-N-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester diastereomer 1 (90 mg, 0.128 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) was treated with NaOH (IN, 0.3 mL) at room temperature for 30 min. The resulting solution was acidified with 1 drop of HOAc and was purified by HPLC (C-18, linear gradent from 5% acetonitrile to 95% in water over 30 min) to give a white solid after lyophization. MS: obs. mass, 609.9 (M+H).
Example 171. 4-[(2S,4R)-3-Acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(3-pyridinylmethyl)-5-oxo-l- imidazolinyl] -N-[(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine and 4- [(2R,4R)-3-acetyl-2-phenyl-4-(3-pyridinylmethyl)-5-oxo-l-imidazolinyl]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- aimino-N- [(2-chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and Fmoc-D-3-pyridinylalanine using the general procedure described in example 170. The two diastereomers at the 2-position of the imidazoline ring were not readily separated by C-18 RP-HPLC and the compounds were assayed as a mixture. HR MS: obs. 611.2070, calc. 611.2061 (M+H).
Example 172. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-chloro-4- hydroxyphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 35% yield from 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 521.0433. Calcd. mass, 521.0438 (M+H).
Example 173. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- me thylsulfonylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 99% yield from 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-methylsulfonylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. LR MS: 548 (M+).
Example 174. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-(l-methyl)ethyl- 6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 35% yield from 4- [[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-(l-methyl)ethyl-6-methylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 526.1417. Calcd. mass, 526.1426 (M+).
Example 175. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-bromo-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 64% yield from 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-bromo-6-methylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 563.0138. Calcd. mass, 563.0140 (M+H). Example 176. 4-[[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-ethyl-6- methylphenyDcarbonyl] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester was prepared in 46% yield from 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-L-phenylalanine methyl ester and 2-ethyl-6-methylbenzoic acid using the general procedure described in example 3. HR MS: Obs. mass, 513.1359. Calcd. mass, 513.1348 (M+H).
Example 177. N-[(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]-4-[(2,4-dimethyl-3- pyridinyDcarbonyl] amino] -L-phenylalanine was prepared from 4- [(2,4- dimethyl-3-pyridyl)carbonyrj amino] -L-phenylalanine methyl ester hydrochloride and 2,6-dichlorobenzoic acid using the general method described in example 107. MS (M+H) 486 (2C1).
Example 178. Preparation of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)carbonyl] -L-phenylalanine sodium salt.
A suspension of 4-[[(2,6-dichlorophenyl)carbonyl]amino]-N-[(2-chloro-6- methylphenyl)carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine (127.13 mmol, 64.3 g) in water (500 mL) was titrated with aqueous 1.0 N sodium hydroxide (120 mL) at room temperature until the pH of the solution became neutral. In order to effect complete dissolution, the mixture was warmed to 40-45 °Cduring the course of the titration. Some of the water was removed to a approximate volume of 300- 350 mL under vacuum and the clear solution was lyopholized under high vaccum for 2 days to obtain 67 g (100%) as a white amorphous solid. Anal. (C24H18ClO3NaO4«0.70 H2O): Calcd. C, 54.62; H, 3.44; N, 5.31; Cl, 20.15; Na, 4.36; H2O, 2.33. Fd: C, 54.37; H, 3.49; N, 5.18; Cl, 20.11; Na, 4.25; H2O, 2.54.
Example 179. VLA-4 / VCAM-1 Screening Assay
VLA-4 antagonist activity, defined as ability to compete for binding to immobilized VCAM-1, was quantitated using a solid-phase, dual antibody ELISA. VLA-4 (a4bl integrin) bound to VCAM-1 is detected by a complex of anti-integrin bl antibody: HRP-conjugated anti-mouse IgG: chromogenic substrate (K-Blue). Initially, this entailed coating 96 well plates (Nunc Maxisorp) with recombinant human VCAM-1 (0.4 μg in 100 μl PBS), sealing each plate and then allowing the plates to stand at 4°C for A18 hr. The VCAM-coated plates were subsequently blocked with 250 μl of 1% BSA/0.02% NaN3 to reduce non-specific binding. On the day of assay, all plates are washed twice with VCAM Assay Buffer (200 μl/well of 50 mM Tris-HCl, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM MnCl2, 0.05% Tween 20; pH 7.4). Test compounds are dissolved in 100% DMSO and then diluted 1:20 in VCAM Assay Buffer supplemented with lmg/mL BSA (i.e., final DMSO = 5%). A series of 1:4 dilutions are performed to achieve a concentration range of 0.005 nM - 1.563 μM for each test compound. 100 μl per well of each dilution is added to the VCAM-coated plates, followed by 10 μl of Ramos cell-derived VLA-4. These plates are sequentially mixed on a platform shaker for 1 min, incubated for 2 hr at 37 °C, and then washed four times with 200 μl/well VCAM Assay Buffer. 100 μl of mouse anti-human integrin bl antibody is added to each well (0.6 μg/mL in VCAM Assay Buffer + lmg/mL BSA) and allowed to incubate for 1 hr at 37°C. At the conclusion of this incubation period, all plates are washed four times with VCAM Assay Buffer (200 μl/well). A corresponding second antibody, HRP-conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG (100 μl per well @ 1:800 dilution in VCAM Assay Buffer + lmg/mL BSA), is then added to each well, followed by a 1 hr incubation at room temperature and concluded by three washes (200μl/well) with VCAM Assay Buffer. Color development is initiated by addition of 100 μl K-Blue per well (15 min incubation, room temp) and terminated by addition of 100 μl Red Stop Buffer per well. All plates are then read in a UV/Vis spectrophotometer at 650 nM. Results are calculated as % inhibition of total binding (i.e., VLA-4 + VCAM-1 in the absence of test compound). Selected data for compounds of this invention are shown in the table below:
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Example 180. Ramos (VLA-4) / VCAM-1 Cell-Based Screening Assay Protocol
Materials:
Soluble recombinant human VCAM-1 (mixture of 5- and 7-Ig domain) was purified from CHO cell culture media by immunoaffinity chromatography and maintained in a solution containing 0.1 M Tris-glycine (pH 7.5), 0.1 M NaCl, 5 mM EDTA, 1 mM PMSF, 0.02% 0.02% NaN3 and 10 μg/mL leupeptin.
Calcein-AM was purchased from Molecular Probes Inc.
Methods:
VLA-4 (a4bl integrin) antagonist activity, defined as ability to compete with cell-surface VLA-4 for binding to immobilized VCAM-1, was quantitated using a Ramos-VCAM-1 cell adhesion assay. Ramos cells bearing cell-surface VLA- 4, were labeled with a fluorescent dye (Calcein-AM) and allowed to bind VCAM-1 in the presence or absence of test compounds. A reduction in fluorescence intensity associated with adherent cells (% inhibition) reflected competitive inhibition of VLA-4 mediated cell adhesion by the test compound.
Initially, this entailed coating 96 well plates (Nunc Maxisorp) with recombinant human VCAM-1 (100 ng in 100 μl PBS), sealing each plate and allowing the plates to stand at 4°C for A18 hr. The VCAM-coated plates were subsequently washed twice with 0.05% Tween-20 in PBS, and then blocked for lhr (room temperature) with 200 μl of Blocking Buffer (1% BSA 0.02% thimerosal) to reduce non-specific binding. Following the incubation with Blocking Buffer, plates were inverted, blotted and the remaining buffer aspirated. Each plate was then washed with 300 μl PBS, inverted and the remaining PBS aspirated.
Test compounds were dissolved in 100% DMSO and then diluted 1:25 in VCAM Cell Adhesion Assay Buffer (4 mM CaCl2, 4 mM MgCl2 in 50 mM
TRIS-HCl, pH 7.5) (final DMSO = 4%). A series of eight 1:4 dilutions were performed for each compound (general concentration range of 1 nM - 12,500 nM). 100 μl well of each dilution was added to the VCAM-coated plates, followed by 100 μl of Ramos cells (200,000 cells/well in 1% BSA/PBS). Plates containing test compounds and Ramos cells were allowed to incubate for 45 min at room temperature, after which 165 μl/well PBS was added. Plates were inverted to remove non-adherent cells, blotted and 300 μl/well PBS added. Plates were again inverted, blotted and the remaining buffer gently aspirated. 100 μl Lysis Buffer (0.1% SDS in 50 mM TRIS-HCl, pH 8.5) was added to each well and agitated for 2 min on a rotary shaking platform. The plates were then read for fluorescence intensity on a Cytofluor 2300 (Millipore) fluorecence measurement system (excitation = 485 nm, emission = 530 nm). The results are shown in the following table:
Table
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Example 181. Oral Dosage Form
Figure imgf000112_0002
Total weight (mg) 120 150 300 600
Manufacturing procedure:
1. Mix items 1,2 ,3 in a suitable mixer for 15 minutes.
2. Granulate the powder mix from step 1 with 20% PVP K30 solution.
3. Dry the granulation in step 2 at 50° C.
4 Pass the granulation from step 3 through a suitable milling equipment.
5. Add the item 5 to the milled granulation from Step 4 and mix for 3 minutes.
6. Compress the granulation from Step 5 on a suitable press.
Example 182. Aerosol Administration Formulation
Figure imgf000113_0001
* Depending upon activity of the compound
pH can be adjusted with Sodium hydroxide solution (1 N) or HCl solution (10%w/v) Procedure:
1. Dissolve the drug substance in the buffer.
2. Filter the solution through a 0.22 micron filter.
The particle size distribution after nebulizing the above solution (as measured using Malvern Mastersizer X) is in the range of 1-6 microns.

Claims

Claims
1. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000115_0001
wherein:
one of X and X' is hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl, the other is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000115_0002
wherein: Rl is hydrogen or lower alkyl,
Rl5 is halogen, nitro, lower alkyl sulfonyl, cyano, lower alkyl, OH, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, lower alkyl aminosulfonyl, perfluorolower alkyl, lower alkylthio, hydroxy lower alkyl, alkoxy lower alkyl, halo lower alkyl, alkylthio lower alkyl, alkylsulfinyl lower alkyl, alkylsufonyl lower alkyl, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkanoyl, aroyl, aryloxy or a group of the formula Ri7-CΓëíC-,
Rl╬▓ is hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl, OH, perfluorolower alkyl, or lower alkylthio,
Rl7 is hydrogen, aryl, heteroaryl, or lower alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by OH, aryl, or heteroaryl, and
a is 0 or 1;
or one of X and X' is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000116_0001
wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N,O, and S;
or
Het is a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, a, Rl, Rl5 and Rl╬▓ are as above, and
R30 is hydrogen or lower alkyl, or is absent;
or one of X and X' is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000116_0002
wherein:
Rl8 is lower alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl alkyl,
Rl9 is lower alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, aryl, hetereoaryl, alkylthio, or R19 is aryl or heteroaryl, and
R20 i lower alkyl or lower alkanoyl, or
R 9 and R20 taken together are tetramethylene;
and
Y is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000116_0003
wherein:
R22 and R23 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkoxylalkyl, lower alkylamino, aryl, arylalkyl, nitro, cyano, lower alkylthio, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, lower alkanoyl, halogen, or perfluoroalkyl and at least one of R22 and R23 is other than hydrogen, and
R24 is hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, amino, aryl, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl sulfonyl, halogen, or is a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000117_0001
wherein R25 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl, aryl lower alkyl, alkoxy lower alkyl and R2╬▓ is hydrogen or lower alkyl, or
R22 and R24 taken together are a fused benzene ring; or
Y is a group Y-2 which is a five or six membered monocyclic heteroaromatic group containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic group containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, wherein said heteroaromatic group is bonded via a carbon atom to the amide carbonyl and one or two carbon atoms of said heteroaromatic group are substituted by lower alkyl, halogen, cyano, perfluoroalkyl, or aryl and at least one of said substituted carbon atoms is adjacent to the carbon atom bonded to the amide carbonyl;
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters thereof.
2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein Z is hydrogen.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein X' is hydrogen.
4. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein: R22 and R23 are independently hydrogen, lower alkyl, nitro, lower alkylthio, lower alkoxy, lower alkylamino, lower alkylsulfinyl, lower alkyl sulfonyl, lower alkanoyl, halogen, or perfluoroalkyl wherein at least one of R22 and R23 is not hydrogen, and R24 is hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkylsulfonyl, amino, nitro, halogen or a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000118_0001
wherein R25 is aryl lower alkyl and R26 is hydrogen or lower alkyl,
or R22 and R24 taken together are a fused benzene ring.
5. A compound according to claim 4, wherein R22 is hydrogen (when R23 is other than hydrogen), lower alkyl or halogen.
6. A compound according to claim 4 or claim 5, wherein R24 is hydrogen, hydroxy, lower alkylsulfonyl, lower alkyl, halogen, nitro or lower alkoxy or a group of the formula:
Figure imgf000118_0002
wherein R25 is unsubstituted or hydroxy-substituted phenyl lower alkyl, and R26 is hydrogen,
or R22 and R24 taken together are a used phenyl ring.
7. A compound according to claim 6, wherein R24 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, methyl, chloro, bromo, nitro, -OCH3, -SO2CH3 and R26 is H and R25 is
Figure imgf000118_0003
8. A compound according to any one of claims 4-7, wherein R23 is hydrogen (when R22 i other than hydrogen), lower alkyl, lower alkylamino, halogen, nitro, perfluoro lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl, lower alkylsulfinyl or lower alkyl sulfonyl.
9. A compound according to claim 8, wherein R23 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tertbutyl, trifluormethyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, nitro, -COCH3, -SCH3, -SOCH3, -SO2CH3, -NHCH3 or -OCH3.
10. A compound according to any one of claims 4-9, wherein Y-l is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000119_0002
Figure imgf000120_0001
11. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in Y-2 the monocyclic heteroaromatic or the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaromatic groups are selected from the group of:
Figure imgf000120_0002
12. A compound according to claim 11, wherein groups Y-2 are of the formula:
Figure imgf000120_0003
13. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in X-6 the groups Rj.5 and Ri╬▓ independently hydrogen lower alkyl, nitro, halogen, perfluoroloweralkyl, cyano or aryloxy.
14. A compound according to claim 13, wherein Rt5 or Ri╬▓ is H, methyl, nitro, chloro, fluoro, trifluormethyl, cyano or phenoxy.
15. A compound according to claim 13 or claim 14, wherein group X-6 is of the formula:
Figure imgf000121_0001
16. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in X-7 Het is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 nitrogens, or a nitrogen and a sulfur, or a nitrogen and an oxygen.
17. A compound according to claim 16, wherein the heteroaromatic ring is
, M_-MN
Figure imgf000121_0002
. '0o1
Figure imgf000121_0003
' N r
18. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in X-7 Het is a bicyclic heteroaromatic ring containing from 1 to 3 nitrogens as the heteroatoms.
19. A compound according to claim 18, wherein the bicyclic heteroaromatic ring is
4-quinolinyl, 1-isoquinolinyl or
Figure imgf000121_0004
20. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in X-7 R15 is hydrogen, nitro, lower alkyl sulfonyl, cyano, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, perfluorolower alkyl, lower alkylthio, lower alkanoyl, or aryl.
21. A compound according to claim 20, wherein R15 is isopropyl, methyl or phenyl.
22. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein Ri╬▓ in X-7 is hydrogen, halogen, nitro, cyano, lower alkyl or perfluoro lower alkyl.
23. A compound according to claim 22, wherein Ri╬▓ is methyl or triflour omethyl .
24. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein R30 in X-7 is hydrogen or lower alkyl.
25. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein groups X-7 are of the formula:
Figure imgf000122_0001
26. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in X-6 or X-7 Ri is hydrogen
27. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in X-6 or X-7 a is 0.
28. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in X-10 Rl8 is lower alkyl or phenyl wherein the phenyl ring is unsubstituted or monosubstituted by halogen, hydroxy or is phenyl lower alkyl.
29. A compound according to claim 28, wherein Ri8 is tertbutyl, phenyl, phenoxy, chlorophenyl or phenylethyl.
30. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in X-10 R19 is lower alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by pyridyl or phenyl wherein the phenyl ring is unsubstituted or monosubstituted by lower alkoxy or halogen.
31. A compound according to claim 30, wherein R19 is methyl, isobutyl, benzyl, 4-chlorobenzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl or 2-pyridylmethyl.
32. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein in X-10 R20 is lower alkanoyl.
33. A compound according to claim 32, wherein R20 is acetyl.
34. A compound according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein groups X-10 are of the formula:
Figure imgf000123_0001
35. A compound selected from the group:
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000124_0002
Figure imgf000124_0003
Figure imgf000124_0004
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000125_0002
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000126_0002
Figure imgf000126_0004
Figure imgf000126_0003
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000127_0002
Figure imgf000127_0003
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000128_0002
Figure imgf000128_0003
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000129_0002
Figure imgf000129_0003
Figure imgf000129_0004
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000130_0002
Figure imgf000130_0003
Figure imgf000130_0004
Figure imgf000131_0001
and
36. Compounds according to any one of the claims 1-35 for use as a medicament.
37. Compounds according to any one of the claims 1-35 for use as a medicament in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease or asthma.
38. A medicament containing a compound according to any one of claims 1-35 and a therapeutically inert carrier material.
39. A medicament for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease or asthma, containing a compound according to any one of claims 1-35 and a therapeutically inert carrier material.
40. A process for the production of a medicament, especially for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease or asthma, which process comprises bringing a compound according to any one of claims 1-35 into a galenical administration form together with a therapeutically inert carrier material and, if desired, one or more additional therapeutically active substances.
41. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-35 in the treatment of illnesses, especially in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease or asthma.
42. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-35 in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease or asthma.
43. The novel compounds, intermediates, processes, medicaments and methods as hereinbefore described.
***
PCT/EP1998/005135 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives WO1999010312A1 (en)

Priority Applications (15)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
SI9830667T SI1005445T1 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives
JP2000507643A JP3555876B2 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-aroylphenylalanine derivative
BRPI9811730-0A BR9811730B1 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-AROYLPHENYLALANINE DERIVATIVES, USE OF THE SAME, MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THE SAME.
DE69824183T DE69824183T2 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-ALKANOYLPHENYLALANINDERIVATE
AT98945235T ATE267801T1 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-ALKANOYLPHENYLALANINE DERIVATIVES
HU0003642A HU229362B1 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives
KR1020007001804A KR100554815B1 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-aroylphenylalanine derivatives
IL13455098A IL134550A (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-aroylphenylalanine derivatives, their use in theproduction of a medicament, and as a medicament
NZ502813A NZ502813A (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-aroylphenylalanine derivatives as inhibitors of the interaction between a4 containing integrins and VCAM-1
PL338857A PL193283B1 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 Derivatives of n-arylphenylalanine
CA002301377A CA2301377C (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-aroylphenylalanine derivatives
EP98945235A EP1005445B1 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives
AU92620/98A AU739511B2 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-aroylphenylalanine derivatives
HR20000080A HRP20000080A2 (en) 1997-08-22 2000-02-11 N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives
NO20000841A NO20000841L (en) 1997-08-22 2000-02-21 N Aroylfenylalanin derivatives

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US5671897P 1997-08-22 1997-08-22
US60/056,718 1997-08-22

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999010312A1 true WO1999010312A1 (en) 1999-03-04
WO1999010312B1 WO1999010312B1 (en) 1999-06-03

Family

ID=22006187

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP1998/005135 WO1999010312A1 (en) 1997-08-22 1998-08-13 N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives

Country Status (32)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1005445B1 (en)
JP (1) JP3555876B2 (en)
KR (1) KR100554815B1 (en)
CN (1) CN100369888C (en)
AT (1) ATE267801T1 (en)
AU (1) AU739511B2 (en)
BR (1) BR9811730B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2301377C (en)
CO (1) CO4990955A1 (en)
DE (1) DE69824183T2 (en)
DK (1) DK1005445T3 (en)
EG (1) EG23729A (en)
ES (1) ES2221197T3 (en)
HR (1) HRP20000080A2 (en)
HU (1) HU229362B1 (en)
ID (1) ID24304A (en)
IL (1) IL134550A (en)
MA (1) MA26533A1 (en)
MY (1) MY138140A (en)
NO (1) NO20000841L (en)
NZ (1) NZ502813A (en)
PE (2) PE111299A1 (en)
PL (1) PL193283B1 (en)
PT (1) PT1005445E (en)
RU (1) RU2220950C2 (en)
SA (1) SA98190557B1 (en)
TR (1) TR200000482T2 (en)
TW (1) TW490458B (en)
UY (1) UY25151A1 (en)
WO (1) WO1999010312A1 (en)
YU (1) YU9600A (en)
ZA (1) ZA987604B (en)

Cited By (92)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999036393A1 (en) * 1998-01-20 1999-07-22 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. INHIBITORS OF α4 MEDIATED CELL ADHESION
WO1999037618A1 (en) * 1998-01-27 1999-07-29 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives useful as pharmaceutical agents
WO1999043642A1 (en) * 1998-02-26 1999-09-02 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives as inhibitors of alpha4 integrins
WO1999049856A2 (en) * 1998-03-27 1999-10-07 Genentech, Inc. Antagonists for treatment of cd11/cd18 adhesion receptor mediated disorders
WO1999061465A1 (en) * 1998-05-22 1999-12-02 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives having vla-4 antagonistic activity
WO1999062901A1 (en) * 1998-06-03 1999-12-09 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Aromatic amine derivatives as pharmaceutical agents
WO1999064390A1 (en) * 1998-06-05 1999-12-16 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives as integrin inhibitors
WO2000001690A1 (en) * 1998-07-03 2000-01-13 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Cinnamic acid derivatives as cell adhesion molecules
WO2000032575A1 (en) * 1998-11-30 2000-06-08 Celltech Therapeutics Limited β-ALANINE DERIVATIVES AS α4 INTEGRIN INHIBITORS
US6093696A (en) * 1997-05-30 2000-07-25 Celltech Therapeutics, Limited Tyrosine derivatives
WO2000043372A1 (en) * 1999-01-22 2000-07-27 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Acyl derivatives which treat vla-4 related disorders
WO2000048988A1 (en) * 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Phenylalaninol derivatives
WO2000048994A1 (en) * 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Thioamide derivatives
WO2000068213A1 (en) * 1999-05-05 2000-11-16 Aventis Pharma Limited Substituted bicyclic compounds
WO2000068223A1 (en) * 1999-05-05 2000-11-16 Aventis Pharma Limited Ureas and their use as cell adhesion modulators
WO2001021584A1 (en) * 1999-09-24 2001-03-29 Genentech, Inc. Tyrosine derivatives
WO2001030781A2 (en) * 1999-10-20 2001-05-03 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. INHIBITORS OF αLβ2 MEDIATED CELL ADHESION
WO2001042225A2 (en) * 1999-12-06 2001-06-14 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 4-pyrimidinyl-n-acyl-l-phenylalanines
US6274577B1 (en) 1998-09-30 2001-08-14 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Benzodiazepines
US6291453B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2001-09-18 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. 4-amino-phenylalanine type compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
WO2001070670A1 (en) * 2000-03-23 2001-09-27 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivative
US6319922B1 (en) 1998-11-23 2001-11-20 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Propanoic acid derivatives
US6348463B1 (en) 1998-09-28 2002-02-19 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives
US6362341B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2002-03-26 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
WO2002024697A1 (en) * 2000-09-25 2002-03-28 Toray Industries, Inc. Spiro compounds and adhesion molecule inhibitors containing the same as the active ingredient
US6380387B1 (en) 1999-12-06 2002-04-30 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. 4-Pyrimidinyl-n-acyl-l phenylalanines
US6388084B1 (en) 1999-12-06 2002-05-14 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. 4-pyridinyl-n-acyl-l-phenylalanines
US6403608B1 (en) 2000-05-30 2002-06-11 Celltech R&D, Ltd. 3-Substituted isoquinolin-1-yl derivatives
US6410781B1 (en) 1999-03-01 2002-06-25 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. α-aminoacetic acid derivatives-α4β7 receptor antagonists
US6420418B1 (en) 1999-08-16 2002-07-16 Merck & Co., Inc. Heterocycle amides as cell adhesion inhibitors
US6423688B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2002-07-23 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Dipeptide and related compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6436904B1 (en) 1999-01-25 2002-08-20 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6455539B2 (en) 1999-12-23 2002-09-24 Celltech R&D Limited Squaric acid derivates
EP1243577A1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2002-09-25 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivatives
US6465513B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-10-15 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multicyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6469025B1 (en) 2000-08-02 2002-10-22 Celltech R&D Ltd. 3-substituted isoquinolin-1-yl derivatives
US6479492B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-11-12 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6482849B1 (en) 1997-06-23 2002-11-19 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of α4β1 mediated cell adhesion
US6489300B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2002-12-03 Eugene D. Thorsett Carbamyloxy compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6492421B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2002-12-10 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Substituted phenylalanine type compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6518283B1 (en) 1999-05-28 2003-02-11 Celltech R&D Limited Squaric acid derivatives
US6521626B1 (en) 1998-03-24 2003-02-18 Celltech R&D Limited Thiocarboxamide derivatives
JP2003506491A (en) * 1999-08-13 2003-02-18 バイオジェン インコーポレイテッド Cell adhesion inhibitor
EP1288205A1 (en) * 2000-08-18 2003-03-05 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivatives
US6534513B1 (en) 1999-09-29 2003-03-18 Celltech R&D Limited Phenylalkanoic acid derivatives
US6545013B2 (en) 2000-05-30 2003-04-08 Celltech R&D Limited 2,7-naphthyridine derivatives
US6545003B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2003-04-08 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fused ring heteroaryl and heterocyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6559127B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2003-05-06 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6583139B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2003-06-24 Eugene D. Thorsett Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
EP1323711A1 (en) * 2000-09-29 2003-07-02 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivatives
WO2003053926A1 (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-07-03 Ajinomoto Co.,Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivative
US6610700B2 (en) 2000-04-17 2003-08-26 Celltech R & D Limited Enamine derivatives
WO2003093237A1 (en) * 2002-04-30 2003-11-13 Ucb, S.A. 2,6-quinolinyl and 2,6-naphthyl derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses as vla-4 inhibitors
US6667331B2 (en) 1999-12-28 2003-12-23 Pfizer Inc Non-peptidyl inhibitors of VLA-4 dependent cell binding useful in treating inflammatory, autoimmune, and respiratory diseases
US6685617B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2004-02-03 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Inhibitors of α4β1 mediated cell adhesion
US6706753B2 (en) 2000-08-18 2004-03-16 Genentech, Inc. Integrin receptor inhibitors
US6740654B2 (en) 2000-07-07 2004-05-25 Celltech R & D Limited Squaric acid derivatives
US6897225B1 (en) 1999-10-20 2005-05-24 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of αLβ2 mediated cell adhesion
US6939855B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2005-09-06 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-inflammatory compositions and method
US6960597B2 (en) 2000-06-30 2005-11-01 Orth-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Aza-bridged-bicyclic amino acid derivatives as α4 integrin antagonists
WO2005111020A2 (en) * 2004-04-30 2005-11-24 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine hydantoin analogues which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4
US7008949B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2006-03-07 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by α4 integrins
US7015323B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2006-03-21 Genentech, Inc. Thiocarbamate inhibitors of alpha-4 integrins
US7026328B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2006-04-11 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by α4 integrins
US7026501B2 (en) 2000-08-31 2006-04-11 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of α4 mediated cell adhesion
US7030114B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2006-04-18 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7101855B2 (en) 1999-01-26 2006-09-05 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyroglutamic acid derivatives and related compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7160874B2 (en) 1999-11-18 2007-01-09 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US7196112B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2007-03-27 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Cell adhesion inhibitors
US7345049B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2008-03-18 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
WO2008064823A1 (en) * 2006-11-27 2008-06-05 Ucb Pharma, S.A. Bicyclic and heterobicyclic derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses
US7504413B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2009-03-17 Cytokinetics, Inc. N-(4-(imidazo[1,2A]pyridin-YL)phenethyl)benzamide inhibitors of the mitotic kinesin CENP-E for treating certain cellular proliferation diseases
WO2009126920A2 (en) 2008-04-11 2009-10-15 Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human serum albumin linkers and conjugates thereof
US7605165B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-10-20 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US7618981B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2009-11-17 Cytokinetics, Inc. Imidazopyridinyl-benzamide anti-cancer agents
US7732614B2 (en) 2005-06-09 2010-06-08 Ucb S.A. 2,6-quinolinyl derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses
US7795448B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2010-09-14 Cytokinetics, Incorporated Imidazoyl-benzamide anti-cancer agents
WO2011094890A1 (en) * 2010-02-02 2011-08-11 Argusina Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives and their use as non-peptide glp-1 receptor modulators
WO2012069275A1 (en) * 2010-11-26 2012-05-31 Chiesi Farmaceutici S.P.A. Glycine derivatives and their use as muscarinic receptor antagonists
EP2510941A2 (en) 2007-02-20 2012-10-17 Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating multiple sclerosis by administration of alpha-fetoprotein in combination with an integrin antagonist
WO2013090454A3 (en) * 2011-12-12 2013-10-10 Receptos, Inc. Carboxylic acid derivatives comprising four cycles acting as glp-1 receptor modulators for therapy of diseases such as diabetes
US8816121B2 (en) 2010-06-09 2014-08-26 Receptos, Inc. GLP-1 receptor stabilizers and modulators
WO2014201172A1 (en) * 2013-06-11 2014-12-18 Receptos, Inc. Novel glp-1 receptor modulators
WO2015136468A1 (en) 2014-03-13 2015-09-17 Prothena Biosciences Limited Combination treatment for multiple sclerosis
US9278910B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-03-08 Receptos, Inc. GLP-1 receptor stabilizers and modulators
US9474755B2 (en) 2014-07-25 2016-10-25 Celgene International Ii Sarl GLP-1 receptor modulators
US9795613B2 (en) 2014-12-10 2017-10-24 Celgene International Ii Sàrl GLP-1 receptor modulators
US11116760B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2021-09-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Quinoline derivatives
US11174256B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2021-11-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Imidazopyridine derivatives
US11179383B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2021-11-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compounds for inhibition of α4β7 integrin
US11224600B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2022-01-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compounds for inhibition of alpha 4 beta 7 integrin
US11578069B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2023-02-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compounds for inhibition of α4 β7 integrin

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2475434C (en) * 2002-02-07 2011-04-05 Hitoshi Endou Aromatic amino acid derivatives and medicinal compositions
CN102379866A (en) * 2006-01-18 2012-03-21 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Pharmaceutical composition and process
AR059224A1 (en) * 2006-01-31 2008-03-19 Jerini Ag COMPOUNDS FOR THE INHIBITION OF INTEGRINS AND USE OF THESE
WO2007100763A2 (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-09-07 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases with alpha-4 inhibitory compounds
CN102946882B (en) * 2010-02-02 2016-05-18 格斯有限公司 Phenylalamine derivatives and as the purposes of non-peptide GLP-1-1 receptor modulators
WO2013110679A1 (en) * 2012-01-27 2013-08-01 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Integrin antagonist conjugates for targeted delivery to cells expressing lfa-1
CN115340857B (en) * 2022-08-24 2024-03-26 宁波锋成先进能源材料研究院有限公司 In-situ self-emulsifying nano oil displacement agent and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995035296A1 (en) * 1994-06-20 1995-12-28 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Condensed imidazole compounds, their production and use
WO1996022966A1 (en) * 1995-01-23 1996-08-01 Biogen, Inc. Cell adhesion inhibitors
WO1997036859A1 (en) * 1996-03-29 1997-10-09 G.D. Searle & Co. Para-substituted phenylpropanoic acid derivatives as integrin antagonists
DE19654483A1 (en) * 1996-06-28 1998-01-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Phenylalanine derivatives

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE19548709A1 (en) * 1995-12-23 1997-07-03 Merck Patent Gmbh Tyrosine derivatives

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995035296A1 (en) * 1994-06-20 1995-12-28 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Condensed imidazole compounds, their production and use
WO1996022966A1 (en) * 1995-01-23 1996-08-01 Biogen, Inc. Cell adhesion inhibitors
WO1997036859A1 (en) * 1996-03-29 1997-10-09 G.D. Searle & Co. Para-substituted phenylpropanoic acid derivatives as integrin antagonists
DE19654483A1 (en) * 1996-06-28 1998-01-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Phenylalanine derivatives

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
PATANI G A ET AL: "BIOISOSTERISM: A RATIONAL APPROACH IN DRUG DESIGN", CHEMICAL REVIEWS, vol. 96, no. 8, 1996, pages 3147 - 3176, XP000652176 *

Cited By (207)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6093696A (en) * 1997-05-30 2000-07-25 Celltech Therapeutics, Limited Tyrosine derivatives
US6482849B1 (en) 1997-06-23 2002-11-19 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of α4β1 mediated cell adhesion
US6596752B1 (en) 1997-06-23 2003-07-22 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of α4β1 mediated cell adhesion
US7288526B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2007-10-30 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dipeptide and related compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6525026B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2003-02-25 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbamyloxy compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6489300B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2002-12-03 Eugene D. Thorsett Carbamyloxy compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7320960B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2008-01-22 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbamyloxy compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6492421B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2002-12-10 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Substituted phenylalanine type compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6586602B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2003-07-01 Eugene D. Thorsett Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7030114B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2006-04-18 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7229970B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2007-06-12 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbamyloxy compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7166580B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2007-01-23 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6291453B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2001-09-18 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. 4-amino-phenylalanine type compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6939855B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2005-09-06 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-inflammatory compositions and method
US6362341B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2002-03-26 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6559127B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2003-05-06 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6583139B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2003-06-24 Eugene D. Thorsett Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6900179B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2005-05-31 Eugene D. Thorsett Carbamyloxy compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6423688B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2002-07-23 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Dipeptide and related compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
WO1999036393A1 (en) * 1998-01-20 1999-07-22 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. INHIBITORS OF α4 MEDIATED CELL ADHESION
US6855843B2 (en) 1998-01-20 2005-02-15 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of α4 mediated cell adhesion
CN1301964C (en) * 1998-01-20 2007-02-28 田边制药株式会社 Inhibitors of & alpha, 4 mediated cell adhesion
US6521666B1 (en) 1998-01-20 2003-02-18 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of α4 mediated cell adhesion
WO1999037618A1 (en) * 1998-01-27 1999-07-29 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives useful as pharmaceutical agents
US6329372B1 (en) 1998-01-27 2001-12-11 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives
WO1999043642A1 (en) * 1998-02-26 1999-09-02 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives as inhibitors of alpha4 integrins
US6555562B1 (en) 1998-02-26 2003-04-29 Celltech R&D Limited Phenylalanine derivatives
US6521626B1 (en) 1998-03-24 2003-02-18 Celltech R&D Limited Thiocarboxamide derivatives
WO1999049856A3 (en) * 1998-03-27 1999-11-18 Genentech Inc Antagonists for treatment of cd11/cd18 adhesion receptor mediated disorders
EA007852B1 (en) * 1998-03-27 2007-02-27 Джинентех, Инк. Compounds for treatment of cd11/cd18 adhesion receptor mediated disorders
WO1999049856A2 (en) * 1998-03-27 1999-10-07 Genentech, Inc. Antagonists for treatment of cd11/cd18 adhesion receptor mediated disorders
WO1999061465A1 (en) * 1998-05-22 1999-12-02 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives having vla-4 antagonistic activity
US6362204B1 (en) 1998-05-22 2002-03-26 Celltech Therapeutics, Ltd Phenylalanine derivatives
US6110945A (en) * 1998-06-03 2000-08-29 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Aromatic amine derivatives
US6369229B1 (en) 1998-06-03 2002-04-09 Celltech Therapeutics, Limited Pyridylalanine derivatives
WO1999062901A1 (en) * 1998-06-03 1999-12-09 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Aromatic amine derivatives as pharmaceutical agents
WO1999064390A1 (en) * 1998-06-05 1999-12-16 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives as integrin inhibitors
US6685617B1 (en) 1998-06-23 2004-02-03 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Inhibitors of α4β1 mediated cell adhesion
WO2000001690A1 (en) * 1998-07-03 2000-01-13 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Cinnamic acid derivatives as cell adhesion molecules
US6465471B1 (en) 1998-07-03 2002-10-15 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Cinnamic acid derivatives
US6677339B2 (en) 1998-09-28 2004-01-13 Celltech R & D Limited Phenylalanine derivatives
US6348463B1 (en) 1998-09-28 2002-02-19 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Phenylalanine derivatives
US6274577B1 (en) 1998-09-30 2001-08-14 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Benzodiazepines
US6319922B1 (en) 1998-11-23 2001-11-20 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Propanoic acid derivatives
US6953798B1 (en) 1998-11-30 2005-10-11 Celltech R&D Limited β-alanine derivates
WO2000032575A1 (en) * 1998-11-30 2000-06-08 Celltech Therapeutics Limited β-ALANINE DERIVATIVES AS α4 INTEGRIN INHIBITORS
US6911439B2 (en) 1999-01-22 2005-06-28 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl, heterocyclic and aryl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6903088B2 (en) 1999-01-22 2005-06-07 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6465513B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-10-15 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multicyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7115768B2 (en) 1999-01-22 2006-10-03 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multicyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6479492B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-11-12 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7378529B2 (en) 1999-01-22 2008-05-27 Wyeth Heteroaryl, heterocyclic and aryl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7452912B2 (en) 1999-01-22 2008-11-18 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fused ring heteroaryl and heterocyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7005433B2 (en) 1999-01-22 2006-02-28 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl, heterocyclic and aryl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6492372B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-12-10 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl, heterocyclic and aryl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6545003B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2003-04-08 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fused ring heteroaryl and heterocyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
WO2000043372A1 (en) * 1999-01-22 2000-07-27 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Acyl derivatives which treat vla-4 related disorders
WO2000043369A1 (en) * 1999-01-22 2000-07-27 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4
US7049306B2 (en) 1999-01-22 2006-05-23 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl, heterocyclic and aryl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4.
US7538215B2 (en) 1999-01-22 2009-05-26 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6949570B2 (en) 1999-01-25 2005-09-27 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US6436904B1 (en) 1999-01-25 2002-08-20 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
US7101855B2 (en) 1999-01-26 2006-09-05 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyroglutamic acid derivatives and related compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
WO2000048988A1 (en) * 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Phenylalaninol derivatives
AU771938B2 (en) * 1999-02-18 2004-04-08 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Phenylalaninol derivatives
US6420600B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2002-07-16 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Phenylalaninol derivatives
WO2000048994A1 (en) * 1999-02-18 2000-08-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Thioamide derivatives
US6288267B1 (en) * 1999-02-18 2001-09-11 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Thioamide derivatives
US6458844B2 (en) 1999-02-18 2002-10-01 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Diphenyl carbocyclic thioamide derivatives
US6423728B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2002-07-23 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Heterocyclic thioamide derivatives
US6426348B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2002-07-30 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Diphenyl heterocyclic thioamide derivatives
US6545160B2 (en) 1999-03-01 2003-04-08 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. αaminocetic acid derivatives- α4β7 receptor antagonists
US6410781B1 (en) 1999-03-01 2002-06-25 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. α-aminoacetic acid derivatives-α4β7 receptor antagonists
US6562851B2 (en) 1999-05-05 2003-05-13 Aventis Pharma Limited Substituted bicyclic compounds
WO2000068223A1 (en) * 1999-05-05 2000-11-16 Aventis Pharma Limited Ureas and their use as cell adhesion modulators
US6620832B2 (en) 1999-05-05 2003-09-16 Aventis Pharma Ltd. Substituted ureas
WO2000068213A1 (en) * 1999-05-05 2000-11-16 Aventis Pharma Limited Substituted bicyclic compounds
US6518283B1 (en) 1999-05-28 2003-02-11 Celltech R&D Limited Squaric acid derivatives
US6630503B1 (en) 1999-08-13 2003-10-07 Biogen, Inc. Cell adhesion inhibitors
US7034043B2 (en) 1999-08-13 2006-04-25 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Cell adhesion inhibitors
JP2003506491A (en) * 1999-08-13 2003-02-18 バイオジェン インコーポレイテッド Cell adhesion inhibitor
US6420418B1 (en) 1999-08-16 2002-07-16 Merck & Co., Inc. Heterocycle amides as cell adhesion inhibitors
US7595399B2 (en) 1999-09-24 2009-09-29 Genentech, Inc. Tyrosine derivatives
WO2001021584A1 (en) * 1999-09-24 2001-03-29 Genentech, Inc. Tyrosine derivatives
US6534513B1 (en) 1999-09-29 2003-03-18 Celltech R&D Limited Phenylalkanoic acid derivatives
WO2001030781A3 (en) * 1999-10-20 2001-11-22 Tanabe Seiyaku Co INHIBITORS OF αLβ2 MEDIATED CELL ADHESION
US7342012B2 (en) 1999-10-20 2008-03-11 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Inhibitors of αLβ2 mediated cell adhesion
WO2001030781A2 (en) * 1999-10-20 2001-05-03 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. INHIBITORS OF αLβ2 MEDIATED CELL ADHESION
AU778757B2 (en) * 1999-10-20 2004-12-16 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of alphaLbeta2 mediated cell adhesion
US6897225B1 (en) 1999-10-20 2005-05-24 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of αLβ2 mediated cell adhesion
US7160874B2 (en) 1999-11-18 2007-01-09 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US6388084B1 (en) 1999-12-06 2002-05-14 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. 4-pyridinyl-n-acyl-l-phenylalanines
CZ303435B6 (en) * 1999-12-06 2012-09-12 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 4-Pyrimidinyl-N-acyl-L-phenylalanine, intermediate for its preparation and pharmaceutical composition containing thereof
WO2001042225A2 (en) * 1999-12-06 2001-06-14 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 4-pyrimidinyl-n-acyl-l-phenylalanines
US6380387B1 (en) 1999-12-06 2002-04-30 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. 4-Pyrimidinyl-n-acyl-l phenylalanines
HRP20020468B1 (en) * 1999-12-06 2009-02-28 F. Hoffmann - La Roche Ag 4-pyrimidinyl-n-acyl-l-phenylalanines
US6916933B2 (en) 1999-12-06 2005-07-12 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. 4-pyridinyl-n-acyl-l-phenylalanines
WO2001042225A3 (en) * 1999-12-06 2002-02-21 Hoffmann La Roche 4-pyrimidinyl-n-acyl-l-phenylalanines
US6455539B2 (en) 1999-12-23 2002-09-24 Celltech R&D Limited Squaric acid derivates
US6903128B2 (en) 1999-12-28 2005-06-07 Pfizer Inc Non-peptidyl inhibitors of VLA-4 dependent cell binding useful in treating inflammatory, autoimmune, and respiratory diseases
US6610710B2 (en) 1999-12-28 2003-08-26 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
EP1243577A4 (en) * 1999-12-28 2005-06-08 Ajinomoto Kk Novel phenylalanine derivatives
US6668527B2 (en) 1999-12-28 2003-12-30 Pfizer Inc. Non-peptidyl inhibitors of VLA-4 dependent cell binding useful in treating inflammatory, autoimmune, and respiratory diseases
US6667331B2 (en) 1999-12-28 2003-12-23 Pfizer Inc Non-peptidyl inhibitors of VLA-4 dependent cell binding useful in treating inflammatory, autoimmune, and respiratory diseases
EP1243577A1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2002-09-25 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivatives
WO2001070670A1 (en) * 2000-03-23 2001-09-27 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivative
US7105520B2 (en) 2000-03-23 2006-09-12 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US6610700B2 (en) 2000-04-17 2003-08-26 Celltech R & D Limited Enamine derivatives
US6780874B2 (en) 2000-04-17 2004-08-24 Celltech R & D Limited Enamine derivatives
US6545013B2 (en) 2000-05-30 2003-04-08 Celltech R&D Limited 2,7-naphthyridine derivatives
US6403608B1 (en) 2000-05-30 2002-06-11 Celltech R&D, Ltd. 3-Substituted isoquinolin-1-yl derivatives
US6960597B2 (en) 2000-06-30 2005-11-01 Orth-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Aza-bridged-bicyclic amino acid derivatives as α4 integrin antagonists
US6740654B2 (en) 2000-07-07 2004-05-25 Celltech R & D Limited Squaric acid derivatives
US6469025B1 (en) 2000-08-02 2002-10-22 Celltech R&D Ltd. 3-substituted isoquinolin-1-yl derivatives
EP1288205A1 (en) * 2000-08-18 2003-03-05 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivatives
US20120253041A1 (en) * 2000-08-18 2012-10-04 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. New phenylalanine derivatives
CZ302653B6 (en) * 2000-08-18 2011-08-17 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives, alpha-4-integrin antagonist, therapeutic agent or prophylactic agent and pharmaceutical composition in which the derivatives are comprised
US7153963B2 (en) 2000-08-18 2006-12-26 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US6706753B2 (en) 2000-08-18 2004-03-16 Genentech, Inc. Integrin receptor inhibitors
US8426588B2 (en) 2000-08-18 2013-04-23 Ajinomoto Co, Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US7872125B2 (en) 2000-08-18 2011-01-18 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US6933314B2 (en) 2000-08-18 2005-08-23 Genentech, Inc. Integrin receptor inhibitors
US8222405B2 (en) 2000-08-18 2012-07-17 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US20110065918A1 (en) * 2000-08-18 2011-03-17 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. New phenylalanine derivatives
US7265146B2 (en) 2000-08-18 2007-09-04 Genentech, Inc. Integrin receptor inhibitors
EP1288205A4 (en) * 2000-08-18 2007-05-23 Ajinomoto Kk Novel phenylalanine derivatives
US7872151B2 (en) 2000-08-31 2011-01-18 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Inhibitors of α4 mediated cell adhesion
US7026501B2 (en) 2000-08-31 2006-04-11 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Inhibitors of α4 mediated cell adhesion
US7671090B2 (en) 2000-08-31 2010-03-02 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Inhibitors of α4 mediated cell adhesion
US8501809B2 (en) 2000-08-31 2013-08-06 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Inhibitors of α4 mediated cell adhesion
US7456217B2 (en) 2000-08-31 2008-11-25 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation Inhibitors of alpha4 mediated cell adhesion
WO2002024697A1 (en) * 2000-09-25 2002-03-28 Toray Industries, Inc. Spiro compounds and adhesion molecule inhibitors containing the same as the active ingredient
US6919349B2 (en) 2000-09-25 2005-07-19 Toray Industries, Inc. Spiro compounds and adhesion molecule inhibitors containing the same as the active ingredient
JP4997684B2 (en) * 2000-09-25 2012-08-08 東レ株式会社 Spiro derivatives and adhesion molecule inhibitors containing them as active ingredients
EP1323711A1 (en) * 2000-09-29 2003-07-02 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivatives
JP4895067B2 (en) * 2000-09-29 2012-03-14 味の素株式会社 New phenylalanine derivatives
JPWO2002028830A1 (en) * 2000-09-29 2004-02-12 味の素株式会社 New phenylalanine derivatives
US7759388B2 (en) 2000-09-29 2010-07-20 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
EP1323711A4 (en) * 2000-09-29 2004-03-31 Ajinomoto Kk Novel phenylalanine derivatives
US7452905B2 (en) 2000-09-29 2008-11-18 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
WO2003053926A1 (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-07-03 Ajinomoto Co.,Inc. Novel phenylalanine derivative
US7250516B2 (en) 2001-12-13 2007-07-31 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US7884204B2 (en) 2001-12-13 2011-02-08 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US7605165B2 (en) 2002-02-20 2009-10-20 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
KR100841165B1 (en) * 2002-04-30 2008-06-24 유씨비 파마, 에스.에이. 2,6-quinolinyl and 2,6-naphthyl derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses as vla-4 inhibitors
EP1870402A1 (en) * 2002-04-30 2007-12-26 UCB Pharma, S.A. 2,6-quinolinyl and 2,6-naphthyl derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses as VLA-4 inhibitors
AU2003232472B2 (en) * 2002-04-30 2008-09-18 Ucb Pharma 2,6-quinolinyl and 2,6-naphthyl derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses as VLA-4 inhibitors
WO2003093237A1 (en) * 2002-04-30 2003-11-13 Ucb, S.A. 2,6-quinolinyl and 2,6-naphthyl derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses as vla-4 inhibitors
US7638630B2 (en) 2002-04-30 2009-12-29 Ucb Pharma S.A. 2,6-quinolinyl and 2,6-naphthyl derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses as VLA-4 inhibitors
US7008949B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2006-03-07 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by α4 integrins
US7135477B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2006-11-14 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by α4 integrins
US7335663B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2008-02-26 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by α4 integrins
US7026328B2 (en) 2002-05-24 2006-04-11 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by α4 integrins
US7015323B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2006-03-21 Genentech, Inc. Thiocarbamate inhibitors of alpha-4 integrins
US7166600B2 (en) 2003-05-20 2007-01-23 Genentech, Inc. Thiocarbamate inhibitors of alpha-4 integrins
US7345049B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2008-03-18 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
EP2803667A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2014-11-19 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
EP2615087A2 (en) 2003-12-22 2013-07-17 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US8309561B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2012-11-13 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives
US7205310B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2007-04-17 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine hydantoin analogues which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4
WO2005111020A3 (en) * 2004-04-30 2006-01-26 Elan Pharm Inc Pyrimidine hydantoin analogues which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4
WO2005111020A2 (en) * 2004-04-30 2005-11-24 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine hydantoin analogues which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4
US8163919B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2012-04-24 Cytokinetics, Incorporated Imidazopyridinyl benzamide mitotic kinesin inhibitors
US7618981B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2009-11-17 Cytokinetics, Inc. Imidazopyridinyl-benzamide anti-cancer agents
US8207340B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2012-06-26 Cytokinetics, Incorporated Imidazopyridinyl benzamide mitotic kinesin inhibitors
US7504413B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2009-03-17 Cytokinetics, Inc. N-(4-(imidazo[1,2A]pyridin-YL)phenethyl)benzamide inhibitors of the mitotic kinesin CENP-E for treating certain cellular proliferation diseases
US8772507B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2014-07-08 Cytokinetics, Inc. Imidazole-benzamide anti-cancer agents
US7795448B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2010-09-14 Cytokinetics, Incorporated Imidazoyl-benzamide anti-cancer agents
US7196112B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2007-03-27 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Cell adhesion inhibitors
US7732614B2 (en) 2005-06-09 2010-06-08 Ucb S.A. 2,6-quinolinyl derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses
US7582668B2 (en) 2005-11-09 2009-09-01 Cytokinetics, Incorporated Imidazoyl-benzamide anti-cancer agents
WO2008064823A1 (en) * 2006-11-27 2008-06-05 Ucb Pharma, S.A. Bicyclic and heterobicyclic derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses
EP2510941A2 (en) 2007-02-20 2012-10-17 Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating multiple sclerosis by administration of alpha-fetoprotein in combination with an integrin antagonist
WO2009126920A2 (en) 2008-04-11 2009-10-15 Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human serum albumin linkers and conjugates thereof
EP2860260A1 (en) 2008-04-11 2015-04-15 Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human serum albumin linkers and conjugates thereof
EP2531198A1 (en) * 2010-02-02 2012-12-12 Argusina Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives and their use as non-peptide glp-1 receptor modulators
EP2531198A4 (en) * 2010-02-02 2013-06-12 Argusina Inc Phenylalanine derivatives and their use as non-peptide glp-1 receptor modulators
WO2011094890A1 (en) * 2010-02-02 2011-08-11 Argusina Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives and their use as non-peptide glp-1 receptor modulators
US8748412B2 (en) 2010-02-02 2014-06-10 Argusina Bioscience Inc. Phenylalanine derivatives and their use as non-peptide GLP-1 receptor modulators
US8816121B2 (en) 2010-06-09 2014-08-26 Receptos, Inc. GLP-1 receptor stabilizers and modulators
US8772314B2 (en) 2010-11-26 2014-07-08 Chiesi Farmaceutici S.P.A. Glycine derivatives and medicinal compositions thereof
CN103221390A (en) * 2010-11-26 2013-07-24 奇斯药制品公司 Glycine derivatives and their use as muscarinic receptor antagonists
WO2012069275A1 (en) * 2010-11-26 2012-05-31 Chiesi Farmaceutici S.P.A. Glycine derivatives and their use as muscarinic receptor antagonists
CN103221390B (en) * 2010-11-26 2015-06-03 奇斯药制品公司 Glycine derivatives and their pharmaceutical composition
US9700543B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2017-07-11 Celgene International Ii Sàrl GLP-1 receptor stabilizers and modulators
US9278910B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2016-03-08 Receptos, Inc. GLP-1 receptor stabilizers and modulators
WO2013090454A3 (en) * 2011-12-12 2013-10-10 Receptos, Inc. Carboxylic acid derivatives comprising four cycles acting as glp-1 receptor modulators for therapy of diseases such as diabetes
US8778923B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2014-07-15 Receptos, Inc. GLP-1 receptor modulators
RU2634896C2 (en) * 2011-12-12 2017-11-08 Селджин Интернэшнл Ii Сарл New glp-1 receptor modulators
US9187522B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2015-11-17 Receptos, Inc. GLP-1 receptor modulators
AU2012352349B2 (en) * 2011-12-12 2017-08-17 Receptos Llc Carboxylic acid derivatives comprising four cycles acting as GLP-1 receptor modulators for therapy of diseases such as diabetes
EA030857B1 (en) * 2013-06-11 2018-10-31 Селджин Интернэшнл Ii Сарл Novel glp-1 receptor modulators
WO2014201172A1 (en) * 2013-06-11 2014-12-18 Receptos, Inc. Novel glp-1 receptor modulators
US9260427B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2016-02-16 Receptos, Inc. GLP-1 receptor modulators
US10259823B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2019-04-16 Celgene International Ii Sàrl GLP-1 receptor modulators
US9598430B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2017-03-21 Celgene International Ii Sàrl GLP-1 receptor modulators
WO2015136468A1 (en) 2014-03-13 2015-09-17 Prothena Biosciences Limited Combination treatment for multiple sclerosis
US9474755B2 (en) 2014-07-25 2016-10-25 Celgene International Ii Sarl GLP-1 receptor modulators
US9839664B2 (en) 2014-07-25 2017-12-12 Celgene International Ii Sàrl GLP-1 receptor modulators
US10034886B2 (en) 2014-12-10 2018-07-31 Celgene International Ii Sàrl GLP-1 receptor modulators
US9795613B2 (en) 2014-12-10 2017-10-24 Celgene International Ii Sàrl GLP-1 receptor modulators
US11116760B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2021-09-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Quinoline derivatives
US11174256B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2021-11-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Imidazopyridine derivatives
US11179383B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2021-11-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compounds for inhibition of α4β7 integrin
US11224600B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2022-01-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compounds for inhibition of alpha 4 beta 7 integrin
US12053462B2 (en) 2018-10-30 2024-08-06 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Quinoline derivatives
US11578069B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2023-02-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Compounds for inhibition of α4 β7 integrin

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1005445A1 (en) 2000-06-07
IL134550A0 (en) 2001-04-30
HUP0003642A3 (en) 2001-11-28
HRP20000080A2 (en) 2000-12-31
DE69824183T2 (en) 2005-04-21
ID24304A (en) 2000-07-13
PL193283B1 (en) 2007-01-31
CO4990955A1 (en) 2000-12-26
MA26533A1 (en) 2004-12-20
MY138140A (en) 2009-04-30
RU2220950C2 (en) 2004-01-10
KR20010023178A (en) 2001-03-26
TR200000482T2 (en) 2000-06-21
HUP0003642A2 (en) 2001-02-28
PE107399A1 (en) 1999-11-03
DK1005445T3 (en) 2004-10-04
SA98190557A (en) 2005-12-03
ES2221197T3 (en) 2004-12-16
CA2301377C (en) 2009-10-06
NO20000841D0 (en) 2000-02-21
PE111299A1 (en) 1999-11-20
CA2301377A1 (en) 1999-03-04
YU9600A (en) 2002-03-18
CN100369888C (en) 2008-02-20
BR9811730A (en) 2000-09-05
WO1999010312B1 (en) 1999-06-03
CN1281430A (en) 2001-01-24
AU739511B2 (en) 2001-10-11
DE69824183D1 (en) 2004-07-01
UY25151A1 (en) 2001-01-31
NO20000841L (en) 2000-02-21
HU229362B1 (en) 2013-11-28
KR100554815B1 (en) 2006-02-22
AU9262098A (en) 1999-03-16
JP3555876B2 (en) 2004-08-18
SA98190557B1 (en) 2006-08-20
RU2000106434A (en) 2004-01-20
PT1005445E (en) 2004-09-30
BR9811730B1 (en) 2014-04-08
JP2001514162A (en) 2001-09-11
IL134550A (en) 2005-12-18
EG23729A (en) 2007-06-28
ATE267801T1 (en) 2004-06-15
PL338857A1 (en) 2000-11-20
ZA987604B (en) 1999-07-28
EP1005445B1 (en) 2004-05-26
TW490458B (en) 2002-06-11
NZ502813A (en) 2002-10-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1005445B1 (en) N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives
US6229011B1 (en) N-aroylphenylalanine derivative VCAM-1 inhibitors
EP1005446B1 (en) N-aroylphenylalanine derivatives
US6455550B1 (en) N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives
EP1154993B1 (en) Thioamide derivatives
CA2392570C (en) 4-pyrimidinyl-n-acyl-l-phenylalanines
CA2493660A1 (en) Process for preparing quinolin antibiotic intermediates
EP1403247A1 (en) N-Alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives
CZ2000597A3 (en) N-aroylphenyl alanine derivatives
MXPA00001744A (en) N-alkanoylphenylalanine derivatives
MXPA01008376A (en) Thioamide derivatives

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 134550

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: P-96/00

Country of ref document: YU

Ref document number: 98810155.6

Country of ref document: CN

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: P20000080A

Country of ref document: HR

Ref document number: 502813

Country of ref document: NZ

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2301377

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2301377

Country of ref document: CA

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1998945235

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2000/001744

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: PV2000-597

Country of ref document: CZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 92620/98

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020007001804

Country of ref document: KR

Ref document number: 2000/00482

Country of ref document: TR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1998945235

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: PV2000-597

Country of ref document: CZ

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020007001804

Country of ref document: KR

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 92620/98

Country of ref document: AU

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1998945235

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1020007001804

Country of ref document: KR